Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2850 GAZELLE CT; ; FPC2019-0246; PermitPERMIT REPORT 4L-City of Carlsbad Print Date: 12/30/2020 Permit No: FPC2019-0246 Job Address: 2850 GAZELLE CT, CARLSBAD, CA 92010 Status: Closed - Finaled Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Parcel #: 2091202700 Track #: Valuation: $4,478,624.00 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project #: #of Dwelling Units: - Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: Plan Check U: Fire Sprinklers Applied: 10/21/2019 Issued: 11/21/2019 DEV09042 Finaled Close Out: 08/27/2020 Inspector: Final Inspection: Project Title: ION IS PHARMACEUTICALS Description: IONIS CONFERENCE CENTER -REVISIONS FOR NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM (2 STORIES, 777 HEADS, 2 RISERS) Applicant: FPContractor: SCHMIDT FIRE PROTECTION CO INC SCHMIDT FIREPROTECTION CO INC JASON ALVA 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD 4760 MURPHY CANYON RD SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321 SAN DIEGO, CA 92123-4321 (858) 279-6122 (858) 279-6122 FEE AMOUNT FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE Hourly Services First Hour $159.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $858.00 FIRE Plan Review Per Hour - Office Hours $136.00 FIRE Protection Sys Manual 0 $237.00 Total Fees: $2,026.00 Total Payments To Date: $2,026.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department 0 Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov IDNISFIRE SPRINKLER HYDRAULIC/MATERIAL SUBMITTAL 2850 GAZELLE COURT CARLSBAD, CA 92010 FPC20I 9-0246 2850 GAZELLE CT ONIS CONFERENCE CENTER - NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM (2 STORIES, 771 HEADS, 2 RISERS) DEV09042 2091202700 10/21/2019 FPC20I9-0246 / No. 179 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: Ionis Pharmaceuticals Conference Center SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: Gazelle Court CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( 858) 279-6112 x112 (Schmidt Fire Protection) FAX NUMBER: Largest Building (ft.2): 70,000 Sprinkled? Yes Construction Type Il-A SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): Gazelle Court south of Whiptail Loop TEST INFORMATION IS VALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 117 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable):H61673 Elevation of test: 427 Feet Main Size: 12 INCH Pressure Zone: 700 Feet Date/Time of Test: Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: GPM: Total Flow: 2,000 GPM Residual Pressure 120 PSI At peak demand , this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi in excess of 8,000 gpm. However, this flow exceeds the District's maximum pipeline velocity of 10 fps. The maximum fire flow that meets both the velocity and pressure criteria is 4,700 gpm. The fire flow requested was 2,000 gpm. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x Name:jJJ r en*fer.Mael,P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable): C69606 Signat Title/O Manager Date: 02/27/2019 Project Site 16" 4 16" WHIP 4/-LOO ______ Fire Flow Test 8 Location H61673 A - / 16" Legend 4 whydrant Pipe ZONE -550 700 #179 lonis Pharmaceuticals Conference Center - Fire Flow Analysis Hydraulic Calculations by HdraCALC Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 279-6122 Job Name : IONIS First Floor Office Drawing : FP-1.2 Location : First Floor Area (A) Remote Area : #1 Contract Data File : First Floor Office Revised.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Schmidt Fire Protection Page 1 IONIS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: IONIS First Floor Office Location: First Floor Area (A) Drawing no: FP-1.2 Date: 10-16-2019 Design Remote area number: #1 Remote area location: First Floor Occupancy classification: Office Light Hazard Density: .1 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: Varies - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: Reliable RA1414 QR Pendent 1550 1/2" K5.6 No. of sprinklers calculated: 15 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 100 -GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 402.912 -GPM @ 99.8893 - Psi Type of system: Wet Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Water supply information Date: 2/27/2019 Location: 2850 Gazelle Court, Carlsbad, CA Source: Computer Generated Name of contractor: Schmidt Fire Protection Address: 4760 Murphy Canyon Road I / San Diego, CA 92123 Phone number: (858) 279-6122 Name of designer: Eddie Payan Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Calculated first floor area (A) for a .1/1500 light hazard. Added 100+ for hose allowance Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Water Supply Curve C Schmidt Fire Protection Page 2 ION IS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 105 Dl - Elevation : 12.127 C2 - Residual Pressure: 104 D2 - System Flow : 302.912 C2 - Residual Flow : 2000 D2 - System Pressure : 98.456 Hose ( Demand) :100 D3 - System Demand : 402.912 Safety Margin : 6.492 150 140 130 p120 R 110 -Cl — - D2 E 100 S90 5.80 u 70 R6° E5° 40 30 20 10 D1 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW (NA 1.85 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 C2 Fittings Used Summary Schmidt Fire Protection IONIS First Floor Office Page Date 3 10-16-2019 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 1% 1% 2 21/2 3 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Bvcb B Fly Vic 705W 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 12 12 8 11 12 14 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 139O Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 1345Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 Mfx Metraflex Loop Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zic Wilkins 350ADA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with * The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Schmidt Fire Protection Page 4 ION IS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Req. SI 455.0 5.6 7.0 na 14.82 0.1 25 7.0 S2 450.0 5.6 8.89 na 16.7 0.1 45 7.0 S3 450.0 5.6 9.23 na 17.01 0.1 70 7.0 S4 450.0 5.6 9.89 na 17.61 0.1 70 7.0 S5 450.0 5.6 10.67 na 18.3 0.1 50 7.0 S6 450.0 5.6 11.78 na 19.22 0.1 45 7.0 S7 450.0 5.6 13.46 na 20.55 0.1 55 7.0 TI 455.5 8.84 na T2 455.5 8.84 na T3 455.5 9.07 na T4 455.5 9.88 na T5 455.5 10.83 na T6 455.5 12.17 na T7 455.5 14.23 na RI 455.5 25.74 na S8 454.5 5.6 13.96 na 20.93 0.1 130 7.0 S9 452.833 5.6 14.95 na 21.65 0.1 160 7.0 SiC 451.833 5.6 15.71 na 22.19 0.1 160 7.0 Sill 450.833 5.6 19.3 na 24.6 0.1 160 7.0 T8 455.5 16.43 na T9 455.5 16.58 na TiC 455.5 17.2 na Til 455.5 21.19 na R2 455.5 27.75 na S12 454.5 5.6 14.64 na 21.42 0.1 130 7.0 S13 452.833 5.6 14.22 na 21.12 0.1 160 7.0 S14 451.833 5.6 16.21 na 22.55 0.1 160 7.0 S15 450.833 5.6 18.74 na 24.24 0.1 160 7.0 T12 455.5 16.94 na T13 455.5 17.09 na T14 455.5 17.71 na T15 455.5 21.74 na R3 455.5 28.29 na Ml 454.33 30.49 na M2 454.33 30.56 na M3 454.33 31.1 na MSA 455.33 76.62 na TR1 455.33 78.21 na BR1 442.0 85.78 na F 440.5 86.67 na Dl 434.0 89.58 na UGi 432.5 90.97 na BF1 428.75 94.03 na BF2 428.75 97.34 na UG2 426.667 98.57 na SRC 427.0 98.46 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 17.93 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes T7 and Ri Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sáhmidt Fire Protection Page 5 IONIS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf Si 455 5.60 14.82 1 7E 14.0 13.500 120 7.000 to 0.0 14.000 -0.217 TI 455.500 14.82 1.049 0.0 27.500 0.0747 2.055 Vel = 5.50 0.0 TI 14.82 8.838 K Factor = 4.99 S2 450 5.60 16.70 1 SE 10.0 10.000 120 8.893 to 1 5.0 15.000 -2.382 T2 455.500 16.7 1.049 0.0 25.000 0.0932 2.331 Vel = 6.20 0.0 T2 16.70 8.842 K Factor = 5.62 S3 450 5.60 17.01 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 9.231 to 1 5.0 13.000 -2.382 13 455.500 17.01 1.049 0.0 23.000 0.0965 2.220 Vel = 6.31 0.0 13 17.01 9.069 KFactor= 5.65 S4 450 5.60 17.61 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 9.892 to T 5.0 13.000 -2.382 T4 455.500 17.61 1.049 0.0 23.000 0.1029 2.366 Vel = 6.54 0.0 T4 17.61 9.876 K Factor = 5.60 S5 450 5.60 18.30 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 10.674 to 1 5.0 13.000 -2.382 15 455.500 18.3 1.049 0.0 23.000 0.1104 2.539 Vel = 6.79 0.0 T5 18.30 10.831 K Factor = 5.56 S6 450 5.60 19.22 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 11.777 to 1 5.0 13.000 -2.382 16 455.500 19.22 1.049 0.0 23.000 0.1209 2.780 Vel = 7.13 0.0 T6 19.22 12.175 K Factor = 5.51 S7 450 5.60 20.55 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 13.465 to 1 5.0 13.000 -2.382 T7 455.500 20.55 1.049 0.0 23.000 0.1368 3.147 Vel = 7.63 0.0 T7 20.55 14.230 K Factor = 5.45 Ti 455.500 14.82 1.5 0.0 0.500 120 8.838 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T2 455.500 14.82 1.682 0.0 0.500 0.0080 0.004 Vel = 2.14 T2 455.500 16.70 1.5 0.0 7.500 120 8.842 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T3 455.500 31.52 1.682 0.0 7.500 0.0303 0.227 Vel = 4.55 13 455.500 17.01 1.5 0.0 12.000 120 9.069 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 14 455.500 48.53 1.682 0.0 12.000 0.0672 0.807 Vel = 7.01 T4 455.500 17.61 1.5 0.0 8.000 120 9.876 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T5 455.500 66.14 1.682 0.0 8.000 0.1194 0.955 Vel = 9.55 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sthmidt Fire Protection Page 6 ION IS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf T5 455.500 18.30 1.5 0.0 7.167 120 10.831 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T6 455.500 84.44 1.682 0.0 7.167 0.1875 1.344 Vel = 12.19 T6 455.500 19.22 1.5 0.0 7.500 120 12.175 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 17 455.500 103.66 1.682 0.0 7.500 0.2740 2.055 Vel = 14.97 17 455.500 20.55 1.5 T 9.9 20.167 120 14.230 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 RI 455.500 124.21 1.682 0.0 30.067 0.3828 11.511 Vel = 17.93 Ri 455.500 0.0 1.5 1 9.9 1.167 120 25.741 to 0.0 9.900 0.507 Mi 454.330 124.21 1.682 0.0 11.067 0.3828 4.237 Vel = 17.93 0.0 MI 124.21 30.485 KFactor= 22.50 S8 454.500 5.60 20.93 1 4E 8.0 7.500 120 13.964 to 1 5.0 13.000 -0.433 T8 455.500 20.93 1.049 0.0 20.500 0.1415 2.901 Vel = 7.77 0.0 18 20.93 16.432 KFactor= 5.16 S9 452.833 5.60 21.65 1 3E 6.0 7.500 120 14.948 to 1 5.0 11.000 -1.155 T9 455.500 21.65 1.049 0.0 18.500 0.1507 2.788 Vel = 8.04 0.0 T9 21.65 16.581 KFactor= 5.32 sio 451.833 5.60 22.20 1 3E 6.0 8.500 120 15.708 to 1 5.0 11.000 -1.588 110 455.500 22.2 1.049 0.0 19.500 0.1578 3.077 Vel = 8.24 0.0 T10 22.20 17.197 K Factor = 5.35 Sill 450.833 5.60 24.60 1 3E 6.0 9.500 120 19.300 to 1 5.0 11.000 -2.021 Til 455.500 24.6 1.049 0.0 20.500 0.1909 3.913 Vel = 9.13 0.0 III 24.60 21.192 K Factor = 5.34 T8 455.500 20.93 1.5 0.0 10.500 120 16.432 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T9 455.500 20.93 1.682 0.0 10.500 0.0142 0.149 Vel = 3.02 T9 455.500 21.65 1.5 0.0 11.667 120 16.581 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 110 455.500 42.58 1.682 0.0 11.667 0.0528 0.616 Vel = 6.15 TIO 455.500 22.19 1.5 4E 19.799 15.000 120 17.197 to 0.0 19.799 0.0 lii 455.500 64.77 1.682 0.0 34.799 0.1148 3.995 Vel = 9.35 111 455.500 24.60 1.5 1 9.9 21.583 120 21.192 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 R2 455.500 89.37 1.682 0.0 31.483 0.2083 6.557 Vel = 12.90 R2 455.500 0.0 1.5 T 9.9 1.167 120 27.749 to 0.0 9.900 0.507 M2 454.330 89.37 1.682 0.0 11.067 0.2082 2.304 Vel = 12.90 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sdhmidt Fire Protection Page 7 IONIS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Etevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe Notes Node2 Etev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 M2 89.37 30.560 K Factor = 16.17 S12 454.500 5.60 21.42 1 3E 6.0 7.500 120 14.636 to T 5.0 11.000 -0.433 T12 455.500 21.42 1.049 0.0 18.500 0.1478 2.734 Vet = 7.95 0.0 T12 21.42 16.937 K Factor = 5.20 S13 452.833 5.60 21.12 1 4E 8.0 10.000 120 14.219 to 2T 10.0 18.000 -1.155 T13 455.500 21.12 1.049 0.0 28.000 0.1439 4.028 Vet = 7.84 0.0 T13 21.12 17.092 KFactor= 5.11 S14 451.833 5.60 22.55 1 3E 6.0 8.000 120 16.210 to 1 5.0 11.000 -1.588 T14 455.500 22.55 1.049 0.0 19.000 0.1624 3.086 Vet = 8.37 0.0 114 22.55 17.708 K Factor = 5.36 S15 450.833 5.60 24.24 1 4E 8.0 9.000 120 18.744 to 21 10.0 18.000 -2.021 T15 455.500 24.24 1.049 0.0 27.000 0.1858 5.016 Vet = 9.00 0.0 T15 24.24 21.739 K Factor = 5.20 T12 455.500 21.42 1.5 0.0 10.500 120 16.937 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 113 455.500 21.42 1.682 0.0 10.500 0.0148 0.155 Vet = 3.09 113 455.500 21.12 1.5 0.0 11.667 120 17.092 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T14 455.500 42.54 1.682 0.0 11.667 0.0528 0.616 Vet = 6.14 T14 455.500 22.55 1.5 4E 19.799 15.000 120 17.708 to 0.0 19.799 0.0 T15 455.500 65.09 1.682 0.0 34.799 0.1158 4.031 Vet = 9.40 115 455.500 24.24 1.5 T 9.9 21.583 120 21.739 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 R3 455.500 89.33 1.682 0.0 31.483 0.2081 6.551 Vet = 12.90 R3 455.500 0.0 1.5 1 9.9 1.167 120 28.290 to 0.0 9.900 0.507 M3 454.330 89.33 1.682 0.0 11.067 0.2080 2.302 Vet = 12.90 0.0 M3 89.33 31.099 K Factor = 16.02 Ml 454.330 124.21 3 0.0 4.917 120 30.485 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 454.330 124.21 3.26 0.0 4.917 0.0153 0.075 Vet = 4.77 M2 454.330 89.37 3 0.0 12.958 120 30.560 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M3 454.330 213.58 3.26 0.0 12.958 0.0416 0.539 Vet = 8.21 M3 454.330 89.33 3 14E 131.707 390.000 120 31.099 to T 20.159 151.866 2.509 **Fixed Loss =2942 MSA 455.330 302.91 3.26 Mfx 0.0 541.866 0.0794 43.015 Vet = 11.64 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sdhridt Fire Protection Page 8 IONIS First Floor Office Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf M5A 455.330 0.0 4 2E 26.334 21.000 120 76.623 to T 26.334 52.668 0.0 TRI 455.330 302.91 4.26 0.0 73.668 0.0216 1.589 Vel = 6.82 TR1 455.330 0.0 4 T 26.334 12.330 120 78.212 to Bvcb 15.8 71.102 5.773 BR1 442 302.91 4.26 S 28.968 83.432 0.0216 1.799 Vel = 6.82 BRI 442 0.0 6 2E 35.205 3.000 120 85.784 to 1 37.72 72.925 0.650 F 440.500 302.91 6.357 0.0 75.925 0.0031 0.233 Vel = 3.06 F 440.500 0.0 6 E 20.084 15.000 140 86.667 to 0.0 20.084 2.815 Dl 434 302.91 6.16 0.0 35.084 0.0027 0.095 Vel = 3.26 Dl 434 0.0 6 6E 107.359 100.000 150 89.577 to 1 38.342 145.701 0.650 UGI 432.500 302.91 5.86 0.0 245.701 0.0030 0.742 Vel = 3.60 UG1 432.500 0.0 6 5E 89.466 360.000 150 90.969 to 3F 26.84 116.305 1.624 BFI 428.750 302.91 5.86 0.0 476.305 0.0030 1.439 Vel = 3.60 BF1 428.750 0.0 6 4E 80.336 20.000 140 94.032 to Zic 0.0 80.336 3.042 * * Fixed Loss = 3.042 BF2 428.750 302.91 6.16 0.0 100.336 0.0027 0.270 Vel = 3.26 BF2 428.750 0.0 6 G 3.834 65.000 150 97.344 to T 38.342 42.176 0.902 UG2 426.667 302.91 5.86 0.0 107.176 0.0030 0.324 Vel = 3.60 UG2 426.667 0.0 12 T 66.446 170.000 150 98.570 to 0.0 66.446 -0.144 SRC 427 302.91 11.2 0.0 236.446 0.0001 0.030 Vel = 0.99 100.00 Qa = 100.00 SRC - 402.91 98.456 KFactor= 40.61 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Hydraulic Calculations by HydraCALC Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 279-6122 Job Name : IONIS First Floor Kitchen Drawing : FP-11.6 Location : First Floor Area (C) Remote Area : #2 Contract : SFP-955 Data File : First Floor Kitchen-Revised.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Schmidt Fire Protection Page 1 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: ION IS First Floor Kitchen Location: First Floor Area (C) Drawing no: FP-1.6 Date: 10-16-2019 Design Remote area number: #2 Remote area location: First Floor Occupancy classification: Kitchen Ordinary Hazard 1 Density: .15 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 130 - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: Reliable RA1414 QR Pendent 200° 1/2" K5.6 No. of sprinklers calculated: 23 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 250 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 773.546 -GPM @ 53.332 - Psi Type of system: Wet Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Water supply information Date: 2/27/2019 Location: 2850 Gazelle Court, Carlsbad, CA Source: Computer Generated Name of contractor: Schmidt Fire Protection Address: 4760 Murphy Canyon Road / / San Diego, CA 92123 Phone number: (858) 279-6122 Name of designer: Eddie Payan Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Calculated first floor Kitchen area (C) for a .15/1500 Ord. Haz 1. Added 250+ for hose allowance Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Water Supply Curve C Schmidt Fire Protection Page 2 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 105 Dl - Elevation : 9.889 C2 - Residual Pressure: 104 D2 - System Flow : 523.546 C2 - Residual Flow : 2000 D2 - System Pressure : 53.332 Hose ( Demand) : 250 D3 - System Demand : 773.546 Safety Margin : 51.496 150 140 130 p120 R11° E10° S90 s 80 u 70 R6° E5° 7 D3 40 30 20 10 • - . I I I I I I I 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 - FLOW (NA1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 C2 Fittings Used Summary Schmidt Fire Protection Page 3 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/ 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Bvcb B Fly Vic 705W 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 12 12 8 11 12 14 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 13 45' Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139O' Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zic Wilkins 350ADA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with . The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Schmidt Fire Protection Page 4 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Req. Si 449.833 5.6 16.87 na 23.0 0.15 130 7.0 S2 449.833 5.6 16.54 na 22.77 0.15 130 7.0 S3 449.833 5.6 16.66 na 22.86 0.15 130 7.0 S4 449.833 5.6 17.3 na 23.29 0.15 130 7.0 Ti 454.33 16.94 na T2 454.33 17.07 na 13 454.33 18.21 na T4 454.33 18.98 na S5 449.833 5.6 19.32 na 24.61 0.1 225 7.0 S6 449.833 5.6 20.0 na 25.05 0.1 225 7.0 S7 449.833 5.6 20.04 na 25.07 0.15 130 7.0 15 454.33 22.3 na T6 454.33 22.3 na T7 454.33 22.34 na S8 449.833 5.6 12.16 na 19.53 0.15 130 7.0 S9 449.833 5.6 12.14 na 19.51 0.15 130 7.0 SIO 449.833 5.6 12.36 na 19.69 0.15 130 7.0 Sil 449.833 5.6 12.13 na 19.5 0.15 130 7.0 S12 457.167 5.6 12.44 na 19.75 0.15 130 7.0 S13 457.167 5.6 13.48 na 20.56 0.15 130 7.0 S14 457.167 5.6 15.47 na 22.02 0.15 130 7.0 T8 455.833 11.56 na 19 455.833 11.66 na 110 455.833 11.54 na 111 455.833 11.64 na 1 455.833 12.82 na 112 454.33 14.5 na T13 454.33 15.61 na T14 454.33 17.72 na S15 449.833 5.6 17.91 na 23.7 0.15 130 7.0 S16 449.833 5.6 17.59 na 23.49 0.15 130 7.0 S17 457.167 5.6 18.32 na 23.97 0.15 130 7.0 S18 457.167 5.6 18.9 na 24.34 0.15 130 7.0 S19 457.167 5.6 20.23 na 25.19 0.15 130 7.0 T15 455.833 18.78 na 116 455.833 18.94 na 117 454.33 20.74 na 118 454.33 21.36 na 119 454.33 22.77 na S20 457.167 5.6 17.65 na 23.52 0.15 130 7.0 S21 457.167 5.6 17.22 na 23.24 0.15 130 7.0 S21A 457.167 5.6 16.15 na 22.51 0.15 130 7.0 120 454.33 19.5 na 121 454.33 19.58 na T21A 454.33 19.64 na S22 449.833 5.6 22.16 na 26.36 0.1 225 7.0 T22 454.33 23.68 na M4 454.33 22.63 na M5 454.33 22.64 na M5A 454.33 22.72 na M6 454.33 22.97 na M7 454.33 23.13 na M8 454.33 24.3 na TR1 455.33 23.94 na BRi 442.0 34.66 na F 440.5 35.95 na Dl 434.0 39.03 na UG1 432.5 41.72 na BF1 428.75 47.31 na BF2 428.75 51.6 na UG2 426.667 53.39 na SRC 427.0 53.33 na 250.0 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Flow Summary - Standard Schmidt Fire Protection IONIS First Floor Kitchen Node Elevation K-Fact No. Page 5 Date 10-16-2019 Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Rea. The maximum velocity is 20.3 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes T14 and M6 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 6 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf SI 449.833 5.60 23.00 1 3E 6.0 6.000 120 16.868 to 0.0 6.000 -1.948 TI 454.330 23.0 1.049 0.0 12.000 0.1685 2.022 Vel = 8.54 0.0 Ti 23.00 16.942 K Factor = 5.59 S2 449.833 5.60 22.77 1 2E 4.0 6.000 120 16.537 to 1 5.0 9.000 -1.948 T2 454.330 22.77 1.049 0.0 15.000 0.1655 2.483 Vel = 8.45 0.0 12 22.77 17.072 K Factor = 5.51 S3 449.833 5.60 22.86 1 2E 4.0 7.000 120 16.662 to 2T 10.0 14.000 -1.948 13 454.330 22.86 1.049 0.0 21.000 0.1666 3.499 Vel = 8.49 0.0 T3 22.86 18.213 KFactor= 5.36 S4 449.833 5.60 23.29 1 2E 4.0 7.000 120 17.304 to 21 10.0 14.000 -1.948 14 454.330 23.29 1.049 0.0 21.000 0.1726 3.624 Vel = 8.65 0.0 T4 23.29 18.980 KFactor= 5.35 TI 454.330 23.00 1.5 0.0 7.667 120 16.942 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T2 454.330 23.0 1.682 0.0 7.667 0.0170 0.130 Vel = 3.32 T2 454.330 22.77 1.5 2E 9.9 9.000 120 17.072 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 13 454.330 45.77 1.682 0.0 18.900 0.0604 1.141 Vel = 6.61 13 454.330 22.86 1.5 0.0 6.000 120 18.213 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 14 454.330 68.63 1.682 0.0 6.000 0.1278 0.767 Vel = 9.91 T4 454.330 23.30 1.5 1 9.9 6.750 120 18.980 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 M4 454.330 91.93 1.682 0.0 16.650 0.2194 3.653 Vel = 13.27 0.0 M4 91.93 22.633 KFactor= 19.32 S5 449.833 5.60 24.61 1 3E 6.0 14.788 120 19.318 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.948 15 454.330 24.61 1.049 0.0 25.788 0.1910 4.926 Vel = 9.14 0.0 T5 24.61 22.296 K Factor = 5.21 S6 449.833 5.60 25.05 1 2E 4.0 7.500 120 20.004 to 21 10.0 14.000 -1.948 T6 454.330 25.05 1.049 0.0 21.500 0.1973 4.243 Vel = 9.30 0.0 T6 25.05 22.299 K Factor = 5.30 S7 449.833 5.60 25.07 1 2E 4.0 7.500 120 20.038 to 21 10.0 14.000 -1.948 17 454.330 25.07 1.049 0.0 21.500 0.1977 4.250 Vel = 9.31 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 7 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 T7 25.07 22.340 K Factor = 5.30 15 454.330 24.61 2.5 0.0 1.167 120 22.296 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T6 454.330 24.61 2.635 0.0 1.167 0.0026 0.003 Vel = 1.45 16 454.330 25.05 2.5 0.0 5.125 120 22.299 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T7 454.330 49.66 2.635 0.0 5.125 0.0080 0.041 Vel = 2.92 T7 454.330 25.07 2.5 1 16.474 1.250 120 22.340 to 0.0 16.474 0.0 MS 454.330 74.73 2.635 0.0 17.724 0.0168 0.297 Vel = 4.40 0.0 MS 74.73 22.637 K Factor = 15.71 S8 449.833 5.60 19.53 1 4E 8.0 8.000 120 12.162 to 0.0 8.000 -2.599 T8 455.833 19.53 1.049 0.0 16.000 0.1245 1.992 Vel = 7.25 0.0 T8 19.53 11.555 KFactor= 5.75 S9 449.833 5.60 19.51 1 2E 4.0 8.000 120 12.142 to 1 5.0 9.000 -2.599 19 455.833 19.51 1.049 0.0 17.000 0.1244 2.114 Vel = 7.24 0.0 T9 19.51 11.657 K Factor = 5.71 S10 449.833 5.60 19.69 1 3E 6.0 8.000 120 12.365 to 0.0 6.000 -2.599 TIO 455.833 19.69 1.049 0.0 14.000 0.1264 1.770 Vet = 7.31 0.0 110 19.69 11.536 K Factor = 5.80 S11 449.833 5.60 19.50 1 2E 4.0 8.000 120 12.125 to T 5.0 9.000 -2.599 111 455.833 19.5 1.049 0.0 17.000 0.1242 2.112 Vel = 7.24 0.0 111 19.50 11.638 KFactor= 5.72 S12 457.167 5.60 19.75 1 1 5.0 1.583 120 12.438 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T12 454.330 19.75 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1270 0.836 Vel = 7.33 0.0 T12 19.75 14.503 K Factor = 5.19 S13 457.167 5.60 20.56 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 13.484 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T13 454.330 20.56 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1369 0.901 Vet = 7.63 0.0 113 20.56 15.614 KFactor= 5.20 S14 457.167 5.60 22.02 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 15.469 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T14 454.330 22.02 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1554 1.023 Vel = 8.17 0.0 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 8 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf T14 22.02 17.721 K Factor = 5.23 T8 455.833 19.53 1.5 0.0 8.167 120 11.555 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T9 455.833 19.53 1.682 0.0 8.167 0.0125 0.102 Vel = 2.82 T9 455.833 19.51 1.5 E 4.95 11.040 120 11.657 to T 9.9 14.850 0.0 1 455.833 39.04 1.682 0.0 25.890 0.0450 1.165 Vel = 5.64 0.0 T 39.04 12.822 KFactor= 10.90 110 455.833 19.69 1.5 0.0 8.000 120 11.536 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 111 455.833 19.69 1.682 0.0 8.000 0.0127 0.102 Vel = 2.84 111 455.833 19.50 1.5 E 4.95 11.290 120 11.638 to T 9.9 14.850 0.0 T 455.833 39.19 1.682 0.0 26.140 0.0453 1.184 Vel= 5.66 T 455.833 39.04 1.5 E 4.95 1.375 120 12.822 to 0.0 4.950 0.651 T12 454.330 78.23 1.682 0.0 6.325 0.1628 1.030 Vel = 11.30 112 454.330 19.75 1.5 0.0 4.500 120 14.503 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 113 454.330 97.98 1.682 0.0 4.500 0.2469 1.111 Vel= 14.15 113 454.330 20.57 1.5 0.0 6.000 120 15.614 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T14 454.330 118.55 1.682 0.0 6.000 0.3512 2.107 Vel = 17.12 T14 454.330 22.02 1.5 1 9.9 1.000 120 17.721 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 M6 454.330 140.57 1.682 0.0 10.900 0.4814 5.247 Vel = 20.30 0.0 M6 140.57 22.968 K Factor = 29.33 S15 449.833 5.60 23.70 1 4E 8.0 11.500 120 17.909 to 0.0 8.000 -2.599 T15 455.833 23.7 1.049 0.0 19.500 0.1782 3.474 Vel = 8.80 0.0 115 23.70 18.784 K Factor = 5.47 S16 449.833 5.60 23.49 1 3E 6.0 11.500 120 17.595 to T 5.0 11.000 -2.599 116 455.833 23.49 1.049 0.0 22.500 0.1752 3.943 Vel = 8.72 0.0 116 23.49 18.939 K Factor = 5.40 S17 457.167 5.60 23.97 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 18.318 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T17 454.330 23.97 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1818 1.197 Vel = 8.90 0.0 T17 23.97 20.744 K Factor = 5.26 S18 457.167 5.60 24.34 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 18.898 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 118 454.330 24.34 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1871 1.232 Vel = 9.04 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sthmidt Fire Protection Page 9 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Etevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total PfIFt Pf 0.0 T18 24.34 21.359 KFactor= 5.27 S19 457.167 5.60 25.19 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 20.230 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T19 454.330 25.19 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1995 1.313 Vel = 9.35 0.0 T19 25.19 22.772 KFactor= 5.28 T15 455.833 23.70 1.5 0.0 8.667 120 18.784 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 116 455.833 23.7 1.682 0.0 8.667 0.0179 0.155 Vel = 3.42 T16 455.833 23.49 1.5 2E 9.9 8.167 120 18.939 to 0.0 9.900 0.651 117 454.330 47.19 1.682 0.0 18.067 0.0639 1.154 Vel = 6.81 T17 454.330 23.97 1.5 0.0 4.500 120 20.744 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T18 454.330 71.16 1.682 0.0 4.500 0.1367 0.615 Vel = 10.27 118 454.330 24.34 1.5 0.0 6.000 120 21.359 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T19 454.330 95.5 1.682 0.0 6.000 0.2355 1.413 Vel = 13.79 119 454.330 25.19 1.5 0.0 1.000 120 22.772 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M7 454.330 120.69 1.682 0.0 1.000 0.3620 0.362 Vel = 17.43 0.0 M7 120.69 23.134 K Factor= 25.09 S20 457.167 5.60 23.52 1 E 2.0 1.583 120 17.646 to 0.0 2.000 1.229 120 454.330 23.52 1.049 0.0 3.583 0.1756 0.629 Vel = 8.73 0.0 120 23.52 19.504 KFactor= 5.33 S21 457.167 5.60 23.24 1 T 5.0 1.583 120 17.223 to 0.0 5.000 1.229 T21 454.330 23.24 1.049 0.0 6.583 0.1718 1.131 Vel = 8.63 0.0 T21 23.24 19.583 K Factor = 5.25 S21A 457.167 5.60 22.51 1 2E 4.0 4.916 120 16.154 to 1 5.0 9.000 1.229 T21A 454.330 22.51 1.049 0.0 13.916 0.1618 2.252 Vel = 8.36 0.0 T21A 22.51 19.635 K Factor = 5.08 T20 454.330 23.52 1.5 0.0 4.500 120 19.504 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 121 454.330 23.52 1.682 0.0 4.500 0.0176 0.079 Vel = 3.40 T21 454.330 23.24 1.5 0.0 0.833 120 19.583 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T21A 454.330 46.76 1.682 0.0 0.833 0.0624 0.052 Vel = 6.75 T21A 454.330 22.51 1.5 4E 19.799 6.167 120 19.635 to 1 9.9 29.699 0.0 M8 454.330 69.27 1.682 0.0 35.866 0.1300 4.663 Vel = 10.00 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Are Protection Page 10 ION IS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 M8 69.27 24.298 K Factor = 14.05 S22 449.833 5.60 26.36 1 4E 8.0 8.000 120 22.159 to 0.0 8.000 -1.948 T22 454.330 26.36 1.049 0.0 16.000 0.2169 3.471 Vel = 9.79 122 454.330 0.0 1.5 2E 9.9 8.500 120 23.682 to 1 9.9 19.800 0.0 M8 454.330 26.36 1.682 0.0 28.300 0.0218 0.616 Vel = 3.81 0.0 M8 26.36 24.298 K Factor = 5.35 M4 454.330 91.93 3 0.0 0.500 120 22.633 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M5 454.330 91.93 3.26 0.0 0.500 0.0080 0.004 Vel = 3.53 MS 454.330 74.72 3 0.0 3.000 120 22.637 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 MSA 454.330 166.65 3.26 0.0 3.000 0.0263 0.079 Vel = 6.41 MSA 454.330 0.0 4 2E 26.334 9.000 120 22.716 to 0.0 26.334 0.0 M6 454.330 166.65 4.26 0.0 35.334 0.0071 0.252 Vel = 3.75 M6 454.330 140.58 4 0.0 7.500 120 22.968 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M7 454.330 307.23 4.26 0.0 7.500 0.0221 0.166 Vel = 6.92 M7 454.330 120.68 4 1 26.334 3.917 120 23.134 to 0.0 26.334 -0.433 TRI 455.330 427.91 4.26 0.0 30.251 0.0409 1.237 Vel = 9.63 0.0 TRI 427.91 23.938 K Factor = 87.46 M8 454.330 95.63 4 T 26.334 2.375 120 24.298 to 0.0 26.334 -0.433 TR1 455.330 95.63 4.26 0.0 28.709 0.0025 0.073 Vel = 2.15 TR1 455.330 427.92 4 T 26.334 12.330 120 23.938 to Bvcb 15.8 71.102 5.773 BRI 442 523.55 4.26 S 28.968 83.432 0.0594 4.953 Vel = 11.78 BR1 442 0.0 6 2E 35.205 3.000 120 34.664 to 1 37.72 72.925 0.650 F 440.500 523.55 6.357 0.0 75.925 0.0084 0.641 Vel = 5.29 F 440.500 0.0 6 E 20.084 15.000 140 35.955 to 0.0 20.084 2.815 Dl 434 523.55 6.16 0.0 35.084 0.0074 0.260 Vel = 5.64 DI 434 0.0 6 6E 107.359 100.000 150 39.030 to T 38.342 145.701 0.650 UGI 432.500 523.55 5.86 0.0 245.701 0.0083 2.042 Vel = 6.23 UGI 432.500 0.0 6 SE 89.466 360.000 150 41.722 to 3F 26.84 116.305 1.624 BFI 428.750 523.55 5.86 0.0 476.305 0.0083 3.960 Vel = 6.23 BF1 428.750 0.0 6 4E 80.336 20.000 140 47.306 to Zic 0.0 80.336 3.550 * * Fixed Loss = 3.55 BF2 428.750 523.55 6.16 0.0 100.336 0.0074 0.743 Vel = 5.64 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sthrnidt Fire Protection Page 11 IONIS First Floor Kitchen Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf BF2 428.750 0.0 6 G 3.834 65.000 150 51.599 to T 38.342 42.176 0.902 UG2 426.667 523.55 5.86 0.0 107.176 0.0083 0.891 Vel = 6.23 UG2 426.667 0.0 12 T 66.446 170.000 150 53.392 to 0.0 66.446 -0.144 SRC 427 523.55 11.2 0.0 236.446 0.0004 0.084 Vel = 1.70 250.00 Qa = 250.00 SRC 773.55 53.332 K Factor = 105.92 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 2-o I o O 14 Hydrauli c Calculati ons by HydraCALC Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 279-6-122 Job Name : ION IS Second Floor Office ECLH Drawing : FP-2.1 Location : Second Floor Area (A) Remote Area : #3 Contract : SFP-955 Data File : Second Floor Office ECLH-Concealed.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Schmidt Fire Protection Page 1 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: ION IS Second Floor Office ECLH Location: Second Floor Area (A) Drawing no: FP-2.1 Date: 10-16-2019 Design Remote area number: #3 Remote area location: Second Floor Occupancy classification: Office Light Hazard ECLH Density: .1 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 324 (18x18) - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: Reliable R7146 QR Pendent 1550 3/4" K11.2 No. of sprinklers calculated: 8 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 100 -GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 387.092 -GPM @ 79.803 - Psi Type of system: Wet Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Water supply information Date: 2/27/2019 Location: 2850 Gazelle Court, Carlsbad, CA Source: Computer Generated Name of contractor: Schmidt Fire Protection Address: 4760 Murphy Canyon Road I / San Diego, CA 92123 Phone number: (858) 279-6122 Name of designer: Eddie Payan Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Calculated second floor offie area (A) for a .1/1500 light hazard. Added 100+ for hose allowance. Used ECLH sprinklers 18 x 18 spacing 324 sq.ft min starting pressure 8.7 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Water Supply Curve C Schmidt Fire Protection Page 2 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 105 Dl - Elevation : 17.666 C2 - Residual Pressure: 104 D2 - System Flow : 287.092 C2 - Residual Flow : 2000 D2 - System Pressure : 79.803 Hose ( Demand) :100 D3 - System Demand : 387.092 Safety Margin : 25.149 150 140 130 p120 R11° E10° 90 S )2 80 U70 - R6° E5° 40 30 20 Dl • - ...l I I I 10 I I I I 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW ( N A 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 C2 Fittings Used Summary Schmidt Fire Protection Page 3 lONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 3% 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Bvcb B Fly Vic 705W 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 12 12 8 11 12 14 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA I345Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zic Wilkins 350ADA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Length Units Flow Units Pressure Units Inches Feet US Gallons per Minute Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with * The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Schmidt Fire Protection Page 4 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Req. Si 467.79 11.2 8.99 na 33.59 0.1 324 8.7 S2 467.79 11.2 8.7 na 33.04 0.1 324 8.7 S3 467.79 11.2 10.08 na 35.56 0.1 324 8.7 S4 467.79 11.2 12.81 na 40.08 0.1 324 8.7 Ti 471.25 12.08 na T2 471.25 12.63 na T3 471.25 14.81 na T4 471.25 19.08 na Ri 471.25 30.89 na S5 467.79 11.2 9.25 na 34.07 0.1 324 8.7 S6 467.79 11.2 8.93 na 33.47 0.1 324 8.7 S7 467.79 11.2 10.45 na 36.2 0.1 324 8.7 S8 467.79 11.2 13.45 na 41.08 0.1 324 8.7 T5 471.25 11.41 na T6 471.25 11.99 na 17 471.25 14.22 na T8 471.25 18.61 na R2 471.25 30.81 na Ml 470.0 36.65 na M2 470.0 36.74 na TR2 470.0 52.08 na BR2 442.0 67.56 na F 440.5 68.32 na Dl 434.0 71.23 na UG1 432.5 72.55 na BF1 428.75 75.47 na BF2 428.75 78.72 na UG2 426.667 79.92 na SRC 427.0 79.8 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 20.91 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 18 and R2 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 5 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Etevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf SI 467.790 11.20 33.59 1 4E 8.0 5.500 120 8.993 to 0.0 8.000 -1.499 TI 471.250 33.59 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3396 4.585 Vet = 12.47 0.0 TI 33.59 12.079 K Factor = 9.66 S2 467.790 11.20 33.04 1 3E 6.0 5.500 120 8.700 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.499 12 471.250 33.04 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.3293 5.434 Vet = 12.27 0.0 12 33.04 12.635 KFactor= 9.30 S3 467.790 11.20 35.56 1 3E 6.0 5.500 120 10.083 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.499 13 471.250 35.56 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.3775 6.228 Vet = 13.20 0.0 13 35.56 14.812 KFactor= 9.24 S4 467.790 11.20 40.08 1 3E 6.0 5.500 120 12.809 to 1 5.0 11.000 -1.499 14 471.250 40.08 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.4710 7.771 Vet = 14.88 0.0 14 40.08 19.081 KFactor 9.18 11 471.250 33.59 1.5 0.0 16.330 120 12.079 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T2 471.250 33.59 1.682 0.0 16.330 0.0340 0.556 Vet = 4.85 T2 471.250 33.03 1.5 0.0 18.000 120 12.635 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T3 471.250 66.62 1.682 0.0 18.000 0.1209 2.177 Vet = 9.62 T3 471.250 35.57 1.5 0.0 16.000 120 14.812 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 14 471.250 102.19 1.682 0.0 16.000 0.2668 4.269 Vet= 14.76 T4 471.250 40.08 1.5 1 9.9 14.083 120 19.081 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 Rl 471.250 142.27 1.682 0.0 23.983 0.4922 11.805 Vet = 20.54 RI 471.250 0.0 1.5 T 9.9 0.708 120 30.886 to 0.0 9.900 0.541 MI 470 142.27 1.682 0.0 10.608 0.4922 5.221 Vet = 20.54 0.0 Ml 142.27 36.648 KFactor= 23.50 S5 467.790 11.20 34.07 1 3E 6.0 4.500 120 9.252 to 0.0 6.000 -1.499 T5 471.250 34.07 1.049 0.0 10.500 0.3487 3.661 Vet = 12.65 0.0 T5 34.07 11.414 K Factor= 10.08 S6 467.790 11.20 33.47 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 8.930 to T 5.0 9.000 -1.499 T6 471.250 33.47 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3373 4.554 Vet = 12.42 0.0 T6 33.47 11.985 K Factor 9.67 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 6 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf S7 467.790 11.20 36.20 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 10.450 to 1 5.0 9.000 -1.499 17 471.250 36.2 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3901 5.267 Vel = 13.44 0.0 17 36.20 14.218 K Factor= 9.60 S8 467.790 11.20 41.08 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 13.453 to 1 5.0 9.000 -1.499 T8 471.250 41.08 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.4929 6.654 Vel = 15.25 0.0 T8 41.08 18.608 KFactor= 9.52 15 471.250 34.07 1.5 0.0 16.330 120 11.414 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T6 471.250 34.07 1.682 0.0 16.330 0.0350 0.571 Vel = 4.92 T6 471.250 33.47 1.5 0.0 18.000 120 11.985 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 17 471.250 67.54 1.682 0.0 18.000 0.1241 2.233 Vel = 9.75 T7 471.250 36.20 1.5 0.0 16.000 120 14.218 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 18 471.250 103.74 1.682 0.0 16.000 0.2744 4.390 Vel = 14.98 T8 471.250 41.08 1.5 T 9.9 14.083 120 18.608 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 R2 471.250 144.82 1.682 0.0 23.983 0.5087 12.199 Vel = 20.91 R2 471.250 0.0 1.5 1 9.9 0.708 120 30.807 to 0.0 9.900 0.541 M2 470 144.82 1.682 0.0 10.608 0.5087 5.396 Vel = 20.91 0.0 M2 144.82 36.744 K Factor= 23.89 Ml 470 142.27 4 0.0 18.000 120 36.648 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 470 142.27 4.26 0.0 18.000 0.0053 0.096 Vel = 3.20 M2 470 144.82 4 26E 342.344 390.000 120 36.744 to 21 52.668 395.012 0.0 TR2 470 287.09 4.26 0.0 785.012 0.0195 15.334 Vel = 6.46 TR2 470 0.0 4 5E 65.835 35.000 120 52.078 to 1 26.334 136.937 12.127 BR2 442 287.09 4.26 Bvcb 15.8 171.937 0.0195 3.358 Vel = 6.46 S 28.968 BR2 442 0.0 6 2E 35.205 5.000 120 '67.563 to 0.0 35.205 0.650 F 440.500 287.09 6.357 0.0 40.205 0.0028 0.112 Vel = 2.90 F 440.500 0.0 6 E 20.084 15.000 140 68.325 to 0.0 20.084 2.815 DI 434 287.09 6.16 0.0 35.084 0.0024 0.085 Vel = 3.09 DI 434 0.0 6 6E 107.359 100.000 150 71.225 to 1 38.342 145.701 0.650 UGI 432.500 287.09 5.86 0.0 245.701 0.0027 0.672 Vel = 3.42 UG1 432.500 0.0 6 5E 89.466 360.000 150 72.547 to 3F 26.84 116.305 1.624 BFI 428.750 287.09 5.86 0.0 476.305 0.0027 1.303 Vel = 3.42 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 7 ION IS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf BF1 428.750 0.0 6 4E 80.336 20.000 140 75.474 to Zic 0.0 80.336 3.006 * * Fixed Loss = 3.006 BF2 428.750 287.09 6.16 0.0 100.336 0.0024 0.244 Vel = 3.09 BF2 428.750 0.0 6 G 3.834 65.000 150 78.724 to T 38.342 42.176 0.902 UG2 426.667 287.09 5.86 0.0 107.176 0.0027 0.294 Vel = 3.42 UG2 426.667 0.0 12 T 66.446 170.000 150 79.920 to 0.0 66.446 -0.144 SRC 427 287.09 11.2 0.0 236.446 0.0001 0.027 Vel = 0.93 100.00 Qa = 100.00 SRC 387.09 79.803 K Factor= 43.33 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Hydrauli c Calcul ati ons by HydraCALC Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 279-6122 Job Name : ION IS Second Floor Office ECLH Drawing : FP-2.1 Location : Second Floor Area (A) Remote Area : #3 Contract : SFP-955 Data File : Second Floor Office ECLH.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Schmidt Fire Protection Page 1 ION IS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Location: Second Floor Area (A) Drawing no: FP-2.1 Date: 10-16-2019 Design Remote area number: #3 Remote area location: Second Floor Occupancy classification: Office Light Hazard ECLH Density: .1 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 324 (18x18) - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: Reliable R4842 QR Pendent 1550 3/4" K8.0 No. of sprinklers calculated: 8 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 100 -GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 378.542 -GPM @ 85.913 - Psi Type of system: Wet Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Water supply information Date: 2/27/2019 Location: 2850 Gazelle Court, Carlsbad, CA Source: Computer Generated Name of contractor. Schmidt Fire Protection Address: 4760 Murphy Canyon Road / / San Diego, CA 92123 Phone number: (858) 279-6122 Name of designer: Eddie Payan Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Calculated second floor offie area (A) for a .1/1500 light hazard. Added 100+ for hose allowance. Used ECLH sprinklers 18 x 18 spacing 324 sq.ft min starting pressure 17 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Water Supply Curve C Schmidt Fire Protection Page 2 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 105 Dl - Elevation : 17.666 C2 - Residual Pressure: 104 D2 - System Flow : 278.542 C2 - Residual Flow : 2000 D2 - System Pressure : 85.913 Hose ( Demand) :100 D3 - System Demand :378.542 Safety Margin : 19.041 150 140 130 120 R1'° ----p2 E10° 90 380 U70 R 60 E5° 40 30 20 Dl 10 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 FLOW (NAI.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 C2 Fittings Used Summary Schmidt Fire Protection Page 3 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name % % 1 11/4 1Y2 2 21/2 3 31,4 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Bvcb B Fly Vic 7O5W 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 12 12 8 11 12 14 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 13 45 Elbow I 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 13 90 Flow thru Tee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zic Wilkins 350ADA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with . The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Schmidt Fire Protection Page 4 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Req. Si 467.79 8 17.35 na 33.32 0.1 324 17.0 S2 467.79 8 17.0 na 32.98 0.1 324 17.0 S3 467.79 8 18.67 na 34.57 0.1 324 17.0 S4 467.79 8 21.9 na 37.44 0.1 324 17.0 Ti 471.25 20.37 na T2 471.25 20.92 na T3 471.25 23.08 na T4 471.25 27.25 na Ri 471.25 38.45 na S5 467.79 8 17.79 na 33.74 0.1 324 17.0 S6 467.79 8 17.41 na 33.38 0.1 324 17.0 S7 467.79 8 19.19 na 35.05 0.1 324 17.0 S8 467.79 8 22.64 na 38.07 0.1 324 17.0 T5 471.25 19.88 na 16 471.25 20.44 na T7 471.25 22.65 na T8 471.25 26.92 na R2 471.25 38.41 na Ml 470.0 43.95 na M2 470.0 44.04 na TR2 470.0 58.54 na BR2 442.0 73.84 na F 440.5 74.6 na Dl 434.0 77.49 na UG1 432.5 78.78 na BF1 428.75 81.63 na BF2 428.75 84.85 na UG2 426.667 86.03 na SRC 427.0 85.91 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 20.25 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes 18 and R2 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 5 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf SI 467.790 8.00 33.32 1 4E 8.0 5.500 120 17.352 to 0.0 8.000 -1.499 TI 471.250 33.32 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3347 4.518 Vel = 12.37 0.0 TI 33.32 20.371 K Factor = 7.38 S2 467.790 8.00 32.98 1 3E 6.0 5.500 120 17.000 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.499 T2 471.250 32.98 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.3284 5.419 Vel = 12.24 0.0 T2 32.98 20.920 K Factor = 7.21 S3 467.790 8.00 34.57 I 3E 6.0 5.500 120 18.668 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.499 T3 471.250 34.57 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.3581 5.909 Vel = 12.83 0.0 T3 34.57 23.078 K Factor = 7.20 S4 467.790 8.00 37.44 I 3E 6.0 5.500 120 21.897 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.499 T4 471.250 37.44 1.049 0.0 16.500 0.4150 6.848 Vel = 13.90 0.0 T4 37.44 27.246 KFactor= 7.17 TI 471.250 33.32 1.5 0.0 16.330 120 20.371 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T2 471.250 33.32 1.682 0.0 16.330 0.0336 0.549 Vel = 4.81 T2 471.250 32.99 1.5 0.0 18.000 120 20.920 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T3 471.250 66.31 1.682 0.0 18.000 0.1199 2.158 Vel = 9.57 T3 471.250 34.57 1.5 0.0 16.000 120 23.078 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T4 471.250 100.88 1.682 0.0 16.000 0.2605 4.168 Vel = 14.57 T4 471.250 37.43 1.5 T 9.9 14.083 120 27.246 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 Ri 471.250 138.31 1.682 0.0 23.983 0.4672 11.204 Vel = 19.97 Ri 471.250 0.0 1.5 T 9.9 0.708 120 38.450 to 0.0 9.900 0.541 MI 470 138.31 1.682 0.0 10.608 0.4672 4.956 Vel = 19.97 0.0 MI 138.31 43.947 K Factor = 20.86 S5 467.790 8.00 33.74 1 3E 6.0 4.500 120 17.787 to 0.0 6.000 -1.499 T5 471.250 33.74 1.049 0.0 10.500 0.3424 3.595 Vel = 12.53 0.0 T5 33.74 19.883 K Factor = 7.57 S6 467.790 8.00 33.38 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 17.411 to T 5.0 9.000 -1.499 T6 471.250 33.38 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3357 4.532 Vel = 12.39 0.0 16 33.38 20.444 K Factor = 7.38 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 6 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf S7 467.790 8.00 35.05 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 19.191 to T 5.0 9.000 -1.499 T7 471.250 35.05 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.3674 4.960 Vel = 13.01 0.0 T7 35.05 22.652 K Factor = 7.36 S8 467.790 8.00 38.07 1 2E 4.0 4.500 120 22.640 to T 5.0 9.000 -1.499 T8 471.250 38.07 1.049 0.0 13.500 0.4281 5.779 Vel = 14.13 0.0 T8 38.07 26.920 K Factor = 7.34 T5 471.250 33.74 1.5 0.0 16.330 120 19.883 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T6 471.250 33.74 1.682 0.0 16.330 0.0344 0.561 Vel = 4.87 T6 471.250 33.38 1.5 0.0 18.000 120 20.444 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T7 471.250 67.12 1.682 0.0 18.000 0.1227 2.208 Vel = 9.69 T7 471.250 35.05 1.5 0.0 16.000 120 22.652 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T8 471.250 102.17 1.682 0.0 16.000 0.2668 4.268 Vel = 14.75 T8 471.250 38.06 1.5 T 9.9 14.083 120 26.920 to 0.0 9.900 0.0 R2 471.250 140.23 1.682 0.0 23.983 0.4792 11.493 Vel = 20.25 R2 471.250 0.0 1.5 T 9.9 0.708 120 38.413 to 0.0 9.900 0.541 M2 470 140.23 1.682 0.0 10.608 0.4793 5.084 Vel = 20.25 0.0 M2 140.23 44.038 K Factor= 21.13 Ml 470 138.31 4 0.0 18.000 120 43.947 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 470 138.31 4.26 0.0 18.000 0.0051 0.091 Vel = 3.11 M2 470 140.23 4 26E 342.344 390.000 120 44.038 to 2T 52.668 395.012 0.0 TR2 470 278.54 4.26 0.0 785.012 0.0185 14.500 Vel = 6.27 TR2 470 0.0 4 5E 65.835 35.000 120 58.538 to T 26.334 136.937 12.127 BR2 442 278.54 4.26 Bvcb 15.8 171.937 0.0185 3.175 Vel = 6.27 S 28.968 BR2 442 0.0 6 2E 35.205 5.000 120 73.840 to 0.0 35.205 0.650 F 440.500 278.54 6.357 0.0 40.205 0.0026 0.106 Vel = 2.82 F 440.500 0.0 6 E 20.084 15.000 140 74.596 to 0.0 20.084 2.815 Dl 434 278.54 6.16 0.0 35.084 0.0023 0.081 Vel = 3.00 Dl 434 0.0 6 6E 107.359 100.000 150 77.492 to T 38.342 145.701 0.650 UG1 432.500 278.54 5.86 0.0 245.701 0.0026 0.635 Vel = 3.31 UG1 432.500 0.0 6 SE 89.466 360.000 150 78.777 to 3F 26.84 116.305 1.624 BF1 428.750 278.54 5.86 0.0 476.305 0.0026 1.232 Vel = 3.31 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Sch,mdt Fire Protection Page 7 IONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf BF1 428.750 0.0 6 4E 80.336 20.000 140 81.633 to Zic 0.0 80.336 2.987 * * Fixed Loss = 2.987 BF2 428.750 278.54 6.16 0.0 100.336 0.0023 0.231 Vel = 3.00 BF2 428.750 0.0 6 G 3.834 65.000 150 84.851 to T 38.342 42.176 0.902 UG2 426.667 278.54 5.86 0.0 107.176 0.0026 0.278 Vel = 3.31 UG2 426.667 0.0 12 T 66.446 170.000 150 86.031 to 0.0 66.446 -0.144 SRC 427 278.54 11.2 0.0 236.446 0.0001 0.026 Vel = 0.91 100.00 Qa= 100.00 SRC -- 378.54 85.913 K Factor = 40.84 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Hydrauli c Calculati ons by HydraCALC Schmidt Fire Protection 4760 Murphy Canyon Road San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 279-6122 Job Name : IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Drawing : FP-2.3 Location : Second Floor Area (B) Remote Area : #4 Contract : SFP-955 Data File : Second Floor Lobby ECLH Mixed-Revised.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Schmidt Fire Protection Page 1 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: lONIS Second Floor Office ECLH Location: Second Floor Area (B) Drawing no: FP-2.3 Date: 10-16-2019 Design Remote area number: #4 Remote area location: Second Floor Occupancy classification: High Roof Lobby Density: .1 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: Mixed - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: Reliable RA1425/RA7216/R7146 No. of sprinklers calculated: 12 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 100 -GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 577.142 - GPM @ 94.933 - Psi Type of system: Wet Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Water supply information Date: 2/27/2019 Location: 2850 Gazelle Court, Carlsbad, CA Source: Computer Generated Name of contractor: Schmidt Fire Protection Address: 4760 Murphy Canyon Road / / San Diego, CA 92123 Phone number: (858) 279-6122 Name of designer: Eddie Payan Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Calculated second floor high roof lobby area (B) for a .1/1500 light hazard. Added 100+ for hose allowance. Mixed 16 x 16 & 20 x 20-Refer to ECLH cutsheet Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Water Supply Curve C Schmidt Fire Protection Page 2 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 105 Dl - Elevation : 18.623 C2 - Residual Pressure: 104 D2 - System Flow : 477.142 C2 - Residual Flow : 2000 D2 - System Pressure : 94.933 Hose ( Demand) :100 D3 - System Demand : 577.142 Safety Margin : 9.966 150 140 130 p120 R110 E10° -- D 90 s 80 u 70 R6° E50 0 30 20 10 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 - FLOW (NAI.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 C2 Fittings Used Summary Schmidt Fire Protection Page 3 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 11/4 1Y2 2 21,4 3 31,4 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 Bvcb B Fly Vic 7O5W 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 12 12 8 11 12 14 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 13 45 Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139OFlowthruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zic Wilkins 350ADA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with * The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Pressure / Flow Summary - STANDARD Schmidt Fire Protection Page 4 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Node Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press No. Actual Actual Req. SI 472.5 5.6 22.93 na 26.82 0.1 20 7.0 S2 470.0 11.2 15.18 na 43.64 0.1 400 12.8 TI 472.75 25.51 na T2 472.75 25.56 na S3 472.5 5.6 23.23 na 26.99 0.1 20 7.0 S4 469.0 11.2 15.19 na 43.64 0.1 256 7.2 T3 472.75 25.84 na T4 472.75 25.96 na S5 472.5 5.6 22.0 na 26.27 0.1 20 7.0 S6 470.0 11.2 12.8 na 40.07 0.1 400 12.8 S7 469.0 11.2 15.94 na 44.71 0.1 256 7.2 T5 472.75 24.27 na T6 472.75 24.32 na T7 472.75 24.69 na S8 469.0 11.2 17.04 na 46.23 0.1 256 7.2 S9 469.0 11.2 13.25 na 40.77 0.1 256 7.2 T8 471.25 25.26 na T9 471.25 25.4 na S1O 469.0 11.2 18.02 na 47.55 0.1 256 7.2 SII 469.0 11.2 14.43 na 42.54 0.1 256 7.2 T10 471.25 24.8 na T11 471.25 25.02 na S12 469.0 11.2 18.3 na 47.91 0.1 256 7.2 Ml 470.625 27.73 na M2 470.625 27.74 na M3 470.625 27.76 na M4 470.625 27.88 na M5 470.625 27.91 na M6 471.667 28.94 na T 471.0 31.58 na TR2 471.0 56.83 na BR2 442.0 77.99 na F 440.5 78.92 na Dl 434.0 81.96 na UG1 432.5 84.33 na BFI 428.75 89.29 na BF2 428.75 93.35 na UG2 426.667 95.01 na SRC 427.0 94.93 na 100.0 The maximum velocity is 17.79 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes S12 and M6 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 5 IONIS Seciond Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf Si 472.500 5.60 26.82 1 3E 6.0 6.000 120 22.930 to 0.0 6.000 -0.108 Ti 472.750 26.82 1.049 0.0 12.000 0.2238 2.686 Vel = 9.96 0.0 Ti 26.82 25.508 K Factor = 5.31 S2 470 11.20 43.64 1 SE 10.0 6.000 120 15.180 to 1 5.0 15.000 -1.191 T2 472.750 43.64 1.049 0.0 21.000 0.5510 11.572 Vel = 16.20 0.0 12 43.64 25.561 KFactor= 8.63 Ti 472.750 26.82 2 0.0 7.917 120 25.508 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T2 472.750 26.82 2.157 0.0 7.917 0.0067 0.053 Vel = 2.35 T2 472.750 43.63 2 E 6.153 12.875 120 25.561 to T 12.307 18.460 0.920 Mi 470.625 70.45 2.157 0.0 31.335 0.0399 1.251 Vel = 6.19 0.0 MI 70.45 27.732 K Factor= 13.38 S3 472.500 5.60 26.99 1 3E 6.0 6.000 120 23.226 to 0.0 6.000 -0.108 13 472.750 26.99 1.049 0.0 12.000 0.2265 2.718 Vel = 10.02 0.0 13 26.99 25.836 K Factor = 5.31 S4 469 11.20 43.64 1 SE 10.0 7.500 120 15.185 to T 5.0 15.000 -1.624 14 472.750 43.64 1.049 0.0 22.500 0.5512 12.403 Vel = 16.20 0.0 14 43.64 25.964 K Factor = 8.56 13 472.750 26.99 2 0.0 18.875 120 25.836 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T4 472.750 26.99 2.157 0.0 18.875 0.0068 0.128 Vel = 2.37 14 472.750 43.64 2 E 6.153 3.417 120 25.964 to T 12.307 18.460 0.920 M3 470.625 70.63 2.157 0.0 21.877 0.0401 0.878 Vel = 6.20 0.0 M3 70.63 27.762 K Factor = 13.40 S5 472.500 5.60 26.27 1 3E 6.0 5.000 120 22.003 to 0.0 6.000 -0.108 15 472.750 26.27 1.049 0.0 11.000 0.2155 2.370 Vel = 9.75 0.0 T5 26.27 24.265 K Factor = 5.33 S6 470 11.20 40.07 1 6E 12.0 10.000 120 12.800 to T 5.0 17.000 -1.191 16 472.750 40.07 1.049 0.0 27.000 0.4707 12.708 Vel = 14.88 0.0 16 40.07 24.317 K Factor = 8.13 S7 469 11.20 44.71 i 3E 6.0 7.000 120 15.937 to T 5.0 11.000 -1.624 T7 472.750 44.71 1.049 0.0 18.000 0.5764 10.376 Vel = 16.60 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 6 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 T7 44.71 24.689 K Factor = 9.00 T5 472.750 26.27 2 0.0 7.958 120 24.265 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 T6 472.750 26.27 2.157 0.0 7.958 0.0065 0.052 Vel = 2.31 16 472.750 40.07 2 0.0 10.417 120 24.317 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 17 472.750 66.34 2.157 0.0 10.417 0.0357 0.372 Vel = 5.82 T7 472.750 44.71 2 E 6.153 6.417 120 24.689 to T 12.307 18.460 0.920 M5 470.625 111.05 2.157 0.0 24.877 0.0927 2.306 Vel = 9.75 0.0 M5 111.05 27.915 KFactor= 21.02 S8 469 11.20 46.23 1 3E 6.0 4.000 120 17.039 to T 5.0 11.000 -0.974 T8 471.250 46.23 1.049 0.0 15.000 0.6132 9.198 Vel = 17.16 0.0 T8 46.23 25.263 K Factor = 9.20 S9 469 11.20 40.77 1 4E 8.0 14.000 120 13.252 to 1 5.0 13.000 -0.974 19 471.250 40.77 1.049 0.0 27.000 0.4860 13.121 Vel = 15.13 0.0 T9 40.77 25.399 K Factor = 8.09 T8 471.250 46.23 2 0.0 7.417 120 25.263 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 19 471.250 46.23 2.157 0.0 7.417 0.0183 0.136 Vel = 4.06 T9 471.250 40.77 2 2E 12.307 10.500 120 25.399 to T 12.307 24.614 0.271 M2 470.625 87.0 2.157 0.0 35.114 0.0590 2.072 Vel = 7.64 0.0 M2 87.00 27.742 K Factor= 16.52 S10 469 11.20 47.55 1 2E 4.0 3.000 120 18.024 to T 5.0 9.000 -0.974 TIO 471.250 47.55 1.049 0.0 12.000 0.6458 7.750 Vel= 17.65 0.0 110 47.55 24.800 K Factor = 9.55 SII 469 11.20 42.54 1 4E 8.0 9.000 120 14.428 to T 5.0 13.000 -0.974 T11 471.250 42.54 1.049 0.0 22.000 0.5258 11.567 Vel = 15.79 0.0 Til 42.54 25.021 K Factor = 8.50 110 471.250 47.55 2 0.0 11.417 120 24.800 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 111 471.250 47.55 2.157 0.0 11.417 0.0194 0.221 VeI= 4.17 T11 471.250 42.54 2 2E 12.307 16.500 120 25.021 to 1 12.307 24.614 0.271 M4 470.625 90.09 2.157 0.0 41.114 0.0629 2.587 Vel = 7.91 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 7 IONIS S'econd Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf 0.0 M4 90.09 27.879 K Factor= 17.06 S12 469 11.20 47.91 1 3E 6.0 7.000 120 18.300 to 1 5.0 11.000 -1.155 M6 471.667 47.91 1.049 0.0 18.000 0.6551 11.792 Vel = 17.79 0.0 M6 47.91 28.937 K Factor= 8.91 Ml 470.625 70.45 4 0.0 6.583 120 27.732 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 470.625 70.45 4.26 0.0 6.583 0.0015 0.010 Vel = 1.59 M2 470.625 87.01 4 0.0 3.167 120 27.742 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M3 470.625 157.46 4.26 0.0 3.167 0.0063 0.020 Vel = 3.54 M3 470.625 70.63 4 0.0 9.167 120 27.762 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M4 470.625 228.09 4.26 0.0 9.167 0.0128 0.117 Vel = 5.13 M4 470.625 90.09 4 0.0 1.500 120 27.879 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 M5 470.625 318.18 4.26 0.0 1.500 0.0240 0.036 Vel = 7.16 MS 470.625 111.05 4 2E 26.334 9.500 120 27.915 to 0.0 26.334 -0.451 M6 471.667 429.23 4.26 0.0 35.834 0.0411 1.473 Vet = 9.66 M6 471.667 47.91 4 E 13.167 7.500 120 28.937 to 1 26.334 39.501 0.289 T 471 477.14 4.26 0.0 47.001 0.0500 2.349 Vel = 10.74 T 471 0.0 4 13E 171.172 255.000 120 31.575 to 3T 79.002 250.174 0.0 TR2 471 477.14 4.26 0.0 505.174 0.0500 25.256 Vel= 10.74 TR2 471 0.0 4 SE 65.835 35.000 120 56.831 to T 26.334 136.937 12.560 BR2 442 477.14 4.26 Bvcb 15.8 171.937 0.0500 8.596 Vel = 10.74 S 28.968 BR2 442 0.0 6 2E 35.205 5.000 120 77.987 to 0.0 35.205 0.650 F 440.500 477.14 6.357 0.0 40.205 0.0071 0.286 Vel = 4.82 F 440.500 0.0 6 E 20.084 15.000 140 78.923 to 0.0 20.084 2.815 Dl 434 477.14 6.16 0.0 35.084 0.0062 0.219 Vel = 5.14 Dl 434 0.0 6 6E 107.359 100.000 150 81.957 to T 38.342 145.701 0.650 UGI 432.500 477.14 5.86 0.0 245.701 0.0070 1.720 Vel = 5.68 UG1 432.500 0.0 6 5E 89.466 360.000 150 84.327 to 3F 26.84 116.305 1.624 BF1 428.750 477.14 5.86 0.0 476.305 0.0070 3.335 Vet = 5.68 BF1 428.750 0.0 6 4E 80.336 20.000 140 89.286 to Zic 0.0 80.336 3.442 * * Fixed Loss = 3.442 BF2 428.750 477.14 6.16 0.0 100.336 0.0062 0.626 Vel = 5.14 BF2 428.750 0.0 6 G 3.834 65.000 150 93.354 to T 38.342 42.176 0.902 UG2 426.667 477.14 5.86 0.0 107.176 0.0070 0.751 Vel = 5.68 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 Final Calculations: Hazen-Williams Schmidt Fire Protection Page 8 IONIS Second Floor Lobby ECLH Date 10-16-2019 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqiv Len Total Pf/Ft Pf UG2 426.667 0.0 12 T 66.446 170.000 150 95.007 to 0.0 66.446 -0.144 SRC 427 477.14 11.2 0.0 236.446 0.0003 0.070 Vel = 1.55 100.00 Qa= 100.00 SRC 577.14 94.933 K Factor= 59.23 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.53.5 V-fy'1120[q - () I rL- , TABLE OF CONTENTS FIRE SPRINKLERS PIPING AND FITTINGS HANGERS AND SWAY BRACING VALVES S. MISCELANEOUS MIX21 INI 13 Bulletin 014 March 2019 Rli ®R) abl Model Fl FR Series Quick Response Glass Bulb Sprinklers Model Fl FR56 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Upright Standard Spray Pendent Conventional Upright/Pendent Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall LI Model Fl FR56 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent Horizontal Sidewall Model Fl FR56 Concealed Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent Model 1171 1171442, Fl FRXLH & Fl FR28 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Upright Standard Spray Pendent Model Fl FR40 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent Model Fl FR42, Fl FR40, Fl FRXLH & Fl FR28 Recessed Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent Model Fl FR56LL & Fl FR42LL Low Lead Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Pendent with less than 0.25% Lead Content Listing & Approvals The following organizations provide Listings or Approvals for various Model Fl FR series sprinklers. See the Design and Installation table in this Bulletin for information on specific listings and approvals applicable to each sprin- kler. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Certified for Canada (cULus) in accordance with ANSI/UL199. FM Approvals (FM) Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) VdS Schadenverhutung GmbH (VdS) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Certified for Health Effects to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Annex G (ULH) EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40239 (RA1414), 0786- CPD-40251 (RA1 425), 0786-CPD-40252 (RA1 475) (EC) UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV) Quick Response Sprinkler Upright Pendent Conventional Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Recessed Pendent/F1/F2 Recessed Concealed Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Pendent PendentJFP XLH Upright XLH Pendent XLH Recessed Pendent F1 /F2 Product Description Reliable Model Fl FR series sprinklers are quick-response automatic sprin- klers with a glass bulb thermal element. Model F1FR series sprinklers are Stan- dard Spray sprinklers, with the excep- I tion of the Model Fl FR56 Conventional XLH Recessed sprinkler which is an Old-style/Conven- Pendent FP tional sprinkler. The Model Fl FR Series automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0 mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrat- ed response times in laboratory tests which are five to ten times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick response enables the Model Fl FR Series sprinklers to apply water to a fire faster than standard-response sprinklers of the same temperature rating. The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely man- ufactured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid expands, forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liq- uid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib- ute the discharging water. Model Fl FR Series sprinklers provide a wide range of op- tions where quick-response, glass bulb sprinklers are used: Pendent, recessed pendent, upright, horizontal sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors K-factors of 2.8 (40 metric), 4.0 (57 metric), 4.2 (60 metric), and 5.6 (80 metric) Flush, recessed, and concealed installations See the Design and Installation Information table in this Bulletin for information on the approvals and availability of specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations. Model F1FR Recessed Pendent and Recessed Horizon- tal Sidewall sprinklers are required to be used with Reliable Model Fl, F2, or FP recessed escutcheons. See the Re- cessed Escutcheon Data table in this Bulletin for listing and approval information with each specific Model F1FR series sprinkler. Model Fl and F2 recessed escutcheons, shown in Fig. 1 and 3, are a friction fit assembly allowing for 3/4-inch (19mm) and 1/2-inch (12,7mm) of adjustment, respectively. Model FP recessed escutcheons, shown in Fig. 2, provide a 1/2-inch (12.7mm) threaded adjustment. Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model Fl FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers are required to be used with Model CCP cover plates. A standard profile Model CCP cov- er plate is available that provides up to 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of cover plate adjustment. In addition, a low profile Model CCP cover plate is also available that provides up to 5/16-inch (8.0mm) of cover plate adjustment. See the Design and In- stallation Information and Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings tables in this Bulletin for further information on ap- proved cover plate options. Application Model F1FR Series sprinklers are intended for use in accordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets, and the requirements of the Authority Hav- ing Jurisdiction. Care must be exercised that the k-factor, temperature rating, deflector style, and sprinkler type are in accordance with the requirements of the applicable design and installation standards. In addition, Model Fl FR Series sprinklers must be used in accordance with their listings and approvals, as well as the information provided in this Bulletin. Installation Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or pro- tective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping, han- dling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrench- es are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprin- kler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vul- nerable to damage. Remove bulb protectors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in the Design and Installation Information table in this Bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft (11 to 24 N-m). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Recessed Sprinklers Model Fl FR Series Recessed sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 1, Fig. 2, or Fig. 3, as applicable to the spe- cific model being installed. The Recessed Escutcheon Data table in the Bulletin identifies the only recessed escutcheons that are permitted to be used with each Model Fl FR Series Recessed sprinkler. The use of any other recessed escutch- eon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. Concealed Sprinklers Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 4 or Fig. 5, as applicable to the selected cover plate. Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model Fl FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers have a factory-installed Model CCP cup. A protective cap is in- stalled at the factory that should remain on the sprinkler until the sprinkler is installed and should then be reinstalled on the sprinkler until the cover plate is installed. The concealed sprinkler assemblies are completed by the installation of a Model CCP push-on/thread-off cover plate assembly. The cover plate and sprinkler cup assemblies are joined using a cover plate skirt with flexible tabs for threaded engage- ment. A choice of two Model CCP cover plate assemblies provides either 1/2-inch (13mm) or 5/8-inch (8mm) of cover adjustment. Do not install Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. Model Fl FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers require a 2-5/8-inch (67mm) diameter hole to be cut in the ceiling. The Model GFR2 wrench is used to engage the sprinkler wrench- ing surfaces and to install the sprinkler in the fitting. Remove the protective cap to install the sprinkler, then reinstall the protective cap until the cover plate is installed. When inserting or remov- ing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly, care should be taken to prevent damage to the sprinkler. Do not wrench any other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly. Installation is com- pleted by removing the protective cap from the sprinkler and pushing the cover plate onto the cup. Final adjustment is made by hand turning the cover plate until the skirt flange makes full contact with the ceiling. Cover plate removal requires turning the cover plate in the counter clockwise direction. After installation, inspect all sprinklers to ensure that there is a gap between the cover plate and ceiling and that the four cup slots are open and free from any air flow impediment to the space above. Concealed cover plate/cup assemblies are listed only for use with specific sprinklers. The use of any concealed cover plate/cup assembly other than the Reliable Model CCP with Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model Fl FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers or the use of the Model CCP Concealed cover plate assembly on any sprinkler with which it is not specifically listed my prevent good fire pro- tection and will void all guarantees, warranties, listings and approvals. 2. Technical Data: Sensitivity: Quick-response Thread Size: 1/2-inch NPT standard; ISO 7-R1/2 optional Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) - 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) SIN RA1425, RA1414 & RA1435 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar) Design and Installation Information Model Nominal K-factor Nominal Orifice Diameter Deflector! Orientation Nominal Sprinkler Height ____ Installation Wrench SIN Approvals Listings and Approval Notes US Metric inches mm inches mm Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1411 cULus 2 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1411 cULus 2 F1FR28 2.8 40 3/8 10 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1421 cULus 1,2 F1FR40 4.0 57 3/8 10 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1418 VdS Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1418 VdS Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1413 cULus 2 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA14131 cULus 2 F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 F1FR42LL 4.2 60 7/16 10 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1410 cULus, ULH Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1410 cULus, ULH F1FRXLH Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1413 cULus 2 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2 (F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 with Pintle) Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1414 cULus FM , , LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus,VdS,EC 5,6 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Upright 2.25 57 W2 RA1425 cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC 1,2,3,4 "Conventional 2.25 57 (Pendent or Upright)" W2 RA1475 LPCB, VdS, EC 4 Pendent 2.25 57 W2 RA1415 cULus, ULH 1 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus, ULH F1FR56LL 5.6 80 1/2 15 Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus, ULH 6 Horizontal Sidewall 2.63 67 W2 RA1435 cULus, FM 1,2,3,7 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Recessed Horizontal 2.63 67 Sidewall GFR2 RA1435 cULus, FM 8 F1FRS6 5.6 80 1/2 15 Vertical Sidewall (Pendent or Upright) 2.25 57 W2 RA1485 cULus, FM, LPCB 1,2,3,9 (I) cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Polyester coating. cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Electroless Nickel PTFE plating. Available with FM approved Polyester coating in black or white. Available with LPCB and VdS approved Polyester coating. VdS and EC approvals of the F1 FR56 Concealed Pendent sprinkler are for 155°F (68°C) temperature rated sprinklers only. VdS approved sprin- klers must use Norbuib brand glass bulbs with the 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment Model CCP cover plate only. Model F1 FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates, available as either standard depth with 1/2-inch (12.7mm) of adjustment or low profile with 5/16-inch (8.0 mm) of adjustment. cULus Listing of the Fl FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only. Minimum to maximum deflector to ceiling distance shall be 4 inches to 12 inches (102mm to 305mm). FM Approval of the F1 FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. cULus Listing and FM Approval of the F1 FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. The Fl FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is listed and approved for use only in Light Hazard occupancies. LPCB approval of the Fl FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is for installation in the Pendent position only. 3. Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings Model Deflector/ Orientation Ordinary Temp. Classification 100°F (38°C) Max. Ambient Temp. Intermediate Temp. Classification 150°F (65°C) Max. Ambient Temp. High Temp. Classification 225°F (1 07°C) Max. Ambient Temp. 135°F (57°C) Temp. Rating I 155°F (68°C) I Temp. Rating 175°F (79°C) Temp. Rating I 200°F (93°C) Temp. Rating 286°F (141°C) Temp. Rating Orange Bulb I Red Bulb I Yellow Bulb Green Bulb Blue Bulb Pendent cULus FIFR28 Recessed Pendent cULus I Upright cULus Pendent VdS F1FR4O Recessed Pendent VdS I Pendent cULus F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus I Upright cULus Pendent I cULus, ULH I I FIFR42LL Recessed Pendent I I cULus, ULH I Pendent cULus Fl FRXLH Recessed Pendent cULus I Upright cULus Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC Recessed Pendent cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC I Concealed Pendent* cULus I cULus,VdS,EC I cULus F1 FR56 Upright cULus, FM, LPCB, VdS, EC "Conventional (Pendent or Upright)" LPCB, VdS, EC Pendent 1 cULus, ULH I FIFR56LL Recessed Pendent j cULus, ULH Concealed Pendent* cULus, ULH I Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM Fl FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus, FM I F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall (Pen- dent or Upright) cULus, FM, LPCB * Model Fl FR56 Concealed Pendent and Fl FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates. For Ordinary Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 135°F (57°C) temperature rated cover plate. For Intermediate Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 165°F (74°C) temperature rated cover plate. Recessed Escutcheon Data Listed and Approved Recessed Escutcheons Model Fl Model F2 Model FP Model Deflector! (Fig. 1 & 3) (Fig. I & 3) (Fig. 2) SIN Orientation 3/4-inch (19mm) 1/2-inch (12.7mm) 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment adjustment adjustment FIFR28 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1411 FIFR40 Recessed Pendent VdS VdS VdS RA1418 F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FR42LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RA1410 F1FR42XLH Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FR56 Recessed Pendent cULus, LPCB, VdS, cULus, FM, LPCB, cULus, VdS, EC RA1414 EC VdS,EC F1FR56LL Recessed Pendent cULus, ULH cULus, ULH cULus, ULH RA1415 FIFR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus cULus, FM cULus RA1435 4, CEILING Y2"[12. 7mm. ADJUSTMEN7 2 5/16" 0/A. [58.7mm] CLII TURN COLLAR UNTIL TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH BOSS __N\\\ El ESCUTCHEOIj_ 3/4 "[19mm] ADJUSTMENT F2 ESCUTCHEON 1/2"[12.7mm] ADJUSTMENT 2 1/4' HOLE 0/A. [57.2mm] 1 75/16' 0/A [49.2mm] \ / I (1 1" X 1/2" REDUCER FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9.5mm] __V F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4"[l9mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9.5mm] Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS 7/8 "[22.2mm] [3.2mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8"[4 1.3mm] = F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1- 1/8"[28. 6mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8 "[41.3mm] 2 27/32" 0/A. [72 .2mm] Model F1FR56, F1FR56LL, F1FR42, F1ER40, F1FR42LL, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model El or F2 escutcheon L—_—_—_--I--------- 1" X 1/2" REDUCER 2 5/8" 0/A. [66.7mm] HOLE IN CEILING FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-1/2"[38mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] WUM RECESS = 9/16"[14.3mm] 4UM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] 3 1/4" 0/A. H [82.6mm] Model Fl FR56, El FR56LL, El FR42, El FR40, El FR42LL, Fl FRXLH & Fl FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model FP escutcheon 5. FACE OF FITTING To FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1 "[25.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9.5mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4"[l9mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8"[9. 5mm] 2 1/4" HOLE DIA. [5 7.2mm] 1" X 1/2" REDUCER Fl ESCUTCHEON LL,J AT AlA VISA! IA) nrrrct - 1 7 /o"It,, Al IVIPIA!!VUJIYI flC.CQ.' - ! ThJ/ U AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2- 1/16"[52. 4mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAX/MUM RECESS = 1-5/8 "[41.3mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2- 1/16"[52.4mm] A 1 15/16 D/A.4JiI1 [49.2mm] it LPL L 2 27/32" DIA. [72.2mm] Y (1) 4"-12" [101. 6mm-304. 8mm] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR TURN COLLAR UNTIL —, TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER Fl ESCUTCHEON WRENCH BOSS. 3/4"[19mm] ADJUSTMENT F2 ESCUTCHEON 1/2"[12. 7mm] ADJUSTMENT OtJF3E RECESSED HSW w/F1 OR F2 ESCUTCHEON (1) FM APPROVED FOR 4" - 6" [10 1.6MM - 152.4MM] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR WITH F2 ONLY. Fig.3 Model Fl FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with Model El or F2 escutcheon 1" x 1/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW 25/8"DIA. 2 5/16" DIA - HOLE IN CEILING CUP CEILING —' 1/2" MAX. COVER ADJUSTMENT COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY . 5/16" DIA SPRINKLER 1 1/2" MAX. FACE OF FITTING _TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION CONCEALED, 1/2" ADJUSTMENT 017FG01A Fig.4 Model Fl FR56IF1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with standard depth 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment - Model CCP cover plate I" x 1/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW EE= 2 5/16" DIA CUP cifi ITIII} - 2 5/8" 0/A. L I HOLE IN CEILING 1 1/2" MAX. FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION CEILING 5/16" MAX. COVER ADJUSTMENT COVER PTE ASSEMBLY 5/16" DIA. H SPRINKLER / 3/4" CONCEALED, 5/16" ADJUSTMENT 017F602A Fig. 5- Model Fl FR56/F1 FIR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with low profile 5/16-inch (8.0mm) adjustment - Model COP cover plate Maintenance The Model Fl FR Series sprinklers should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Finishes (1) Standard Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Iover plate1 Bronze Brass I Chrome Chrome Plated Chrome Plated I White Polyester Coated (4X5X6) White Painted I Special Application Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover plate1 Electroless Nickel PTFE7 Electroless Nickel PTFE Bright Brass Bright Brass13 Bright Brass Black Plating Black Plated Black Plated Black Paint Black Paint12116 Black Paint Off White Off White12161 Off White Satin Chrome Chrome Dull Chrome Dull I " Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the factory for details. Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their UL Corrosion resistance listing. Coverplate custom paint is semi-gloss, unless specified otherwise. cULus Listed only. 200°F (93°C) maximum. cULus listed "corrosion resistance" applies to SIN Numbers RA1435 (HSW), RA1485(VSW), RA1425 (Upright), RA1414 (Pendent) and RA1415 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in other polyester colors is available upon request. FM Approvals finish as "Polyester coated" applies to SIN Number RA1414, RA1435 and RA1425 in standard black or white. LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1425, RA1414, RA1418 (VdS) and RA1475. cULus listed Corrosion Resistant Material Data Frame: DZR Brass, QM Brass, or Low Lead Brass Deflector: CDA Alloy 220, 260, or 510 Load Screw\Pintle: CDA Alloy 360 or 544 Cup: CDA Alloy 651 or 693 Washer: Nickel Alloy 440 or 360, coated with PTFE Adhesive Tape Bulb: Glass Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model: [Fl FR28][F1 FR4O][F1 FR42] [El FR42LL][F1 FRXLH][F1 FR56][F1 FR56LL1 Sprinkler Deflector/Orientation: [Pendent] [Recessed Pendent] [Upright] [Conventional] [Horizontal Sidewall] [Recessed Horizontal Sidewall] [Vertical Sidewall] Sprinkler threads: [1/2-inch NPT][ISO 7-R1/2] Sprinkler Temperature Rating: [135°F (570O)][155°F (68°C)][175°F (79-C)] [200-F (930C)] [286-F (141 °C)] Sprinkler Finish Escutcheon Model: [F1][F2][FP] Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Cover plate Model: [standard profile COP 1/2-inch (12.7mm) adjustment][low profile COP 5/16-inch (8.0mm) adjustment] Cover plate Temperature Rating: [135°F (57°C) for use with Ordinary Temperature sprinklers][ 1 650F (74°C) for use with Intermediate Temperature sprinklers] Cover plate Finish Note: When Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. 7, Reliable ... For Complete Protection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the many precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. Automatic sprinklers Flush automatic sprinklers Recessed automatic sprinklers Concealed automatic sprinklers Adjustable automatic sprinklers Dry automatic sprinklers Intermediate level sprinklers Open sprinklers Spray nozzles Alarm valves Retarding chambers Dry pipe valves Accelerators for dry pipe valves Mechanical sprinkler alarms Electrical sprinkler alarm switches Water flow detectors Deluge valves Detector check valves Check valves Electrical system Sprinkler emergency cabinets Sprinkler wrenches Sprinkler escutcheons and guards Inspectors test connections Sight drains Ball drips and drum drips Control valve seals Air maintenance devices Air compressors Pressure gauges Identification signs Fire department connection The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Recycled (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices 0 Paper Rellabi (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 03/19 P/N 9999970300 Upright Intermediate Pendent Intermediate Upright Intermediate Pendent Intermediate Bulletin 031 February 2019 Model F156 i Model FIFR56 Relabl Intermediate Level Sprinklers Features Upright and pendent installations. Available as either a standard response Model F156 or quick response Model F1 FR56. 3 1/2" (15mm) orifice with a 1/2" NPT (R1/2). C CD :3 0 C*) -L m CD 0 C 0 Approval Organizations 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and Certified for Canada (cULus) 2, Certified by FM Approvals UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open (VNIV) Product Description The Reliable Models F156 and F1FR56 Intermediate Level Sprinklers include shields which protect the glass bulb from water spray impingement caused by sprinklers located at a higher elevation. Typical applications are for storage racks which require multi—level sprinklers and beneath open grid catwalks. Application Model Fl 56 and Fl FR56 Intermediate Level sprinklers are used in fixed fire protection systems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Pre- action. Care must be exercised that the orifice size, tempera- ture rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association or the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Installation Model F156 sprinklers are standard response sprinklers and Model Fl FR56 are quick response sprinklers. Both types are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Upright sprinklers must be installed with the Model D Sprinkler Wrench specifically designed by Reliable for use with these sprinklers, and pendent sprinklers must be installed with the Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench specifically designed by Reliable for use with these sprinklers. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange covers to protect the bulb during the installation process. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION ONLY AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED. Model D and GFR2 wrenches are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. Maintenance The Models Fl 56 and Fl FR56 Sprinklers should be inspect- ed and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, am- monia or any other cleaning fluid. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Remove any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper or non- operation. The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model Fl FR56 Quick Response Upright & Pendent Intermediate Level Sprinklers Installation Data: Nominal Thread "K" Factor Sprinkler Sprinkler Type Orifice Size Identification Sprinkler Height Approvals Number (SIN) US Metric Pendent ½" (15mm) ½" NPT (R ½) 5.6 80 RA1414 2,25" 1,2 Upright ½" (15mm) ½" NPT (A ½) 5.6 80 RA3195 2.25" 1,2 Model F156 Standard Response Upright & Pendent Intermediate Level Sprinklers Installation Data: Sprinkler Nominal Thread "K" Factor Sprinkler Identification Sprinkler Height Approvals Type Orifice Size Number (SIN) US I Metric Pendent ½" (15mm) ½" NPT (R ½) 5.6 80 RA1314 2.25" 1,2 Upright ½" (15mm) ½" NPT (R ½) 5.6 80 RA3125 2.25" 1,2 ,3"DIA. TO BE ASSEMBLED AT INSTALLATION "0' RING SEE TABLE FOR SHIELD SPRINKLER HEIGHT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY O31FGO1 1 11 DIA. SHIELD _/ SEE TABLE FOR / i ,— SPRINKLER RAI HEIGHT 031 Model F156 and Fl FR56 Pendent Intermediate Level Sprinkler Model F156 and Fl FR56 Upright Intermediate Level Sprinkler Fig. 1 Fig. 2 2. Temperature Ratings For Fl FR56: Classification Sprinkler Temperature Bulb Color OF Oc Ordinary 135 57 Orange Ordinary 155 68 Red Intermediate 175 79 Yellow Intermediate 200 93 Green High 286 141 Blue Temperature Ratings For F156: Classification Sprinkler Temperature Bulb Color OF °C Ordinary 135 57 Orange Ordinary 155 68 Red Intermediate 175 79 Yellow Intermediate 200 93 Green High 286 141 Blue Extra High 360 182 Mauve Ordering Information Specify: 1. Sprinkler Model 2, Sprinkler Type Orifice Size Temperature Rating Sprinkler Finish Installation Wrenches Upright - Model D Sprinkler Wrench Pendent - Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench Pendent Sprinkler Finishes (1) Standard Finish Bronze Special Application Finishes Electroless Nickel PTFE4115' Bright Chrome Chrome Dull Lead Plated (2)(1) Wax Coated (2)(3)(4) Wax Over Lead (2)(3)(4) (1) Other colors and finishes are available. Consult factory for details. 21 Model F156 Standard Response only. 31 55°F (680C), 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C) and 286°F (141°C) tem- perature ratings only. (4) Only the sprinkler is wax coated, lead or Electroless Nickel PTFE plated. The shield finish remains galvanized zinc. 151 cULus listed Corrosion Resistant. Upright Sprinkler Finishes Standard Finish Bronze Special Application Finishes White Polyester Note: Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void approvals and warranties. Shields Galvanized Zinc The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for over 90 years. Manufactured by The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Recycled ® (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices Paper H eliabl C (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 02/19 P/N 9999970391 V Model G5 Cover Plate Model G5 Cover Plate (Solid) (Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket Cover Plate L Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Model CS Series Sprinkler Cover Plates Bulletin 034 May 2019 RaMJa IbI 0 Model G5 Series Sprinklers Standard Spray, Flat Concealed Pendent Available with Solid, Perforated, or Casket Cover Plate Features Standard Coverage, Concealed Pendent (K2.8, 4.2, 5,6, & 8.0 [40, 60, 80, & 115 metric]) Flat concealed cover plate available solid or perforated in a variety of finishes. Available with Stainless Steel Clad cover plate (see Table I). 3/4-inch (19 mm) cover plate adjustment. Cover plate available with optional gasket. Product Description Model G5 series sprinklers are standard coverage, flat plate concealed sprinklers designed for installation in accordance with NFPA 13 and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets. The sprinklers are offered with a standard Model G5 cover plate (solid or perforated), a Model G5 cover plate with a Quick-response (OR) gasket, or a Model G5 cover plate with a Standard-response (SR) gasket. Model G5 sprinklers must only be used with the Model G5 cover plate listed or approved with the sprinkler. All Model G5 series sprinklers use a fusible-link operating element. Table A provides a summary of available Model G5 series sprinklers, along with Listing and Approval in- formation for each sprinkler and cover plate combination. Model G5 Series Sprinkler Summary Sprinkler K-Factor Cover Plate Listings Max. Working Sprinkler Model gpm/psi" 2 Model and Sensitivity Pressure Identification (L/min/bar119 Approvals psi (bar) Number (SIN) cULus OR CS FM SR G5-28 2.8 175 (12) RA3411 GS OR Gasket cULus OR - (40) CS SR Gasket cULus, FM SR -42 G5 42 4.2 G5 cULus OR 175 (12) RA3413 G5 OR Gasket (60) G5 SR Gasket cULus SR cULus OR 250 (17) G5 FM, LPCB, VdS, CE SR 175 (12) ____________ G5-56 5.6 RA3415 G5 OR Gasket cULus OR 250 (17) - (80) cULus SR 250 (17) G5 SR Gasket FM SR 175 (12) G5-56 300 5.6 GS cULus OR 300 (21) RA4014 G5 OR Gasket (80) G5 SR Gasket cULus SR G5-80 80 8.0 CS cULus OR 17S (12) RA3412 CS OR Gasket (115) CS SR Gasket cULus SR G5-80F 8. 0 G5 FM SR 17S (12) RA3417 (115) G5 SR Gasket www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 R1!2 Nominal K-Factor: 2.8 (40 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with FIFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector: Bronze Alloy Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F(740C) 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity (See Table B) Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket (cULus only) Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals cULus Listed (Light Hazard only) FM Approved Model G5-28 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 25/16h1 (58 mm) Dia. Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Ceiling 3/411 (19 mm) Max. Cover Plate Adjustment 3/1611(5 mm) Model G5 Cover Plate 35/16h1 (84 mm) Dia. Ceiling Model G5-28 Sprinkler Sensitivity Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency cULus FM G5 OR S R G5 OR Gasket OR G5 SR Gasket SR SR UK: uulcK-response SR: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 2 of 9 May 2019 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 RI!2 Nominal K-Factor: 4.2 (60 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector: Bronze Alloy Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F (74°C) 212°F(100°C) Sensitivity (See Table C) Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals cULus Listed (Light Hazard only) Model G5-42 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 2-5/16" (58 mm) Dia. Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Ceiling \\\\\\\ 3/4(19mm) Max. Cover Plate Adjustment G5 Model u,4 Cover Plate 3/16(5 mm) 35/16h1 (84 mm) Dia. Ceiling Model G5-42 Sensitivity Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency cULus G5 R O G5 OR Gasket OR G5 SR Gasket SR QR: Quick-response SR: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 3 of 9 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 R1!2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) 250 psi (17 bar) (cULus only) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector Bronze Alloy Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F (74°C) 212°F (100°C) (cULus, FM, LPCB, CE only) Sensitivity (See Table D) Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket (cULus only) Model G5 SR Gasket (cULus and FM only) Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals cULus Listed (Light & Ordinary Hazard only) FM Approved LPCB Approved VdS Approved [165°F (74°C) only] CE Listed Model G5-56 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 2-5/16" (58 mm) Dia. Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Ceiling \\\\\\\ \\\\\\\ 3/4(19 mm) Max. Cover Plate Adjustment 3/16(5 mm) G5 Model b4 Cover Plate 3-5/16" (84 mm) Dia. Ceiling Model G5-56 Sensitivity Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency cULus FM LPCB, VdS, CE G5 OR SR SR G5 OR Gasket OR -- -- G5 SR Gasket SR SR -- OR: Quick-response SR: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 4 of 9 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com 3/4" (1 Cover Plal Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Model Model G5-56 300 Sensitivity mm) 25/16h1 Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 1/2" NPT or ISO 7-1 Ri!2 Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 (80 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 300 psi (21 bar) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector: Bronze Alloy Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F (74°C) 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity (See Table E) Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals cULus Listed (Light & Ordinary Hazard only) Model G5-56 300 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency cULus G5 OR G5 OR Gasket OR G5 SR Gasket SR OH: UuIcK-response SR: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 5 of 9 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 3/4 NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 8.0 (115 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector: Bronze Alloy Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F (74°C) 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity (See Table F) Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 OR Gasket Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals cULus Listed (Light & Ordinary Hazard only) Model G5-80 Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 2-5/16 (58 mm) Dia. Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Ceiling \\\\\\\ 3/4(19 mm) Max. Cover Plate Adjustment 3/16(5mm) G5 Model _.. Cover Plate 3-5/16 (84 mm) Dia Ceiling Model G5-80 Sensitivity Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency cULus G5 R O G5 OR Gasket OR G5 SR Gasket SR OH: Quick-response SR: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 6 of 9 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Flat Concealed Pendent Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 8.0 (115 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Material Specifications Fusible Link: Beryllium Nickel Sprinkler Body: Brass Alloy Levers: Bronze Alloy Yoke: Brass Alloy Sealing washer: Nickel with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Towers: Copper Alloy Pins: Stainless Steel Deflector: Stainless Steel Cup: Steel Sprinkler Temperature Ratings 165°F (74°C) 212°F (100°C) Sensitivity Standard Response Cover Plates Model G5 (Solid or Perforated) Model G5 SR Gasket Cover Plate Finishes (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC Listings and Approvals FM Approved Model G5-80F Sprinkler Components and Dimensions 2-5/16" (58 mm) — Dia. Threads Body Cup Tower Fusible Link Deflector (retracted) Pin (extended) Deflector (extended) Ceiling 3/4" (19 mm) Max. Cover Plate Adjustment 3/16" (5 mm) Model G5 Cover Plate 3-5/16' (84 mm) Dia. Ceiling Model G5-801F Sensitivity Cover Plate Model Listing or Approval Agency FM G5 R S G5 SR Gasket SR SH: Standard-response Bulletin 034 Page 7 of 9 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Installation Dimensions and Cover Plate Information Table H Mm. to Max. Mm. to Max. Cover Plate Recommended Cover Plate Face of Fitting Dropped Cover Plate Cover Plate Diameter Hole Diameter Adjustment to Deflector Temperature Model Inch in Ceiling Inch CeiIing1 Distance Rating (mm) Inch (mm) Inch below Ceiling OF (mm) (mm) Inch (°C) (mm) G52 3-5/16 (84) 135°F 4 (57°C) 311/16 G5 OR Gasket(3) (94) 2-5/8 3/4 1 1/2 to 2-1/4 1/4 to 1 (67) (19) (38t057) (6t025) or 165°F51 G5 SR Gasket(3) (101 mm) (74°C) Notes: Face of fitting to ceiling dimensions are based on nominal thread make up. Verify dimensions based on fitting and thread sealing method prior to installation. A 1/2 x 1/2 brass nipple extension (Reliable P/N 6999991900) is available to assist with replacement of Reliable Model G4A sprinklers. Model G5 cover plates are available either solid or perforated. Model G5 OR Gasket and Model G5 SR Gasket cover plates are sold as assembled units including both the cover plate and gasket. Model G5 OR Gasket and Model G5 SR Gasket cover plates and gaskets are not interchangeable. For use with 165°F (74°C) temperature rated sprinklers where the Maximum Ceiling Temperature does not exceed 100°F (380C). For use with 212°F (100°C) temperature rated sprinklers where the Maximum Ceiling Temperature does not exceed 150°F (660C). Cover Plate Finishes1 Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes White Paint Off-White Paint Chrome Black Paint Custom Color Paint - Specify(2) Raw Brass (Lacquered) Bright Brass Finished Bronze Black Plated Satin Chrome Stainless Steel Clad(3) Application Model G5 series sprinklers are standard coverage, flat plate concealed pendent sprinklers. The sprinklers are intended for use in accordance with NFPA 13 and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets, as well as the requirements of the applicable approval agencies. Model 05 series sprinklers are available as either Quick-re- sponse (OR) or Standard-response (SR) depending on the approval agency and cover plate selected. Model G5 series sprinklers use Model G5 flat cover plates. Model G5 QR Gasket and G5 SR Gasket cover plates are available to limit air and dust movement through the ceiling Notes: Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. Gaskets for Model G5 OR Gasket and Model G5 SR Gasket cover plates are only available in white. Custom color paint is semi-gloss unless specified otherwise Stainless steel clad cover plates are Type 316 Stainless Steel on the finished side and C102 Copper Alloy on the back side. Cover plates are not listed or approved as corrosion resistant. Stainless steel clad cover plates are not available perforated. Listing & Approval Agencies Individual Model G5 series sprinkler may be listed or ap- proved by the following agencies: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL Canada (cULus) Listing Category: Sprinklers, Automatic and Open Guide Number: VNIV FM Approvals (FM) Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) VdS Schadenverhutung GmbH (VdS) EC-Certificate of Conformity 0832-CPD-2062 (CE) See Table A and the individual sprinkler data sheets in this Bulletin for listings and approvals applicable to each sprinkler. Installation Model G5 series sprinklers are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets, and the requirements of applicable authorities having jurisdiction. Model G5 series sprinklers must not be installed in ceilings with positive pressure in the space above. Ensure that the 4 slots in the cup are open and unobstructed following installation. Model G5 series sprinklers are shipped with a wrench-able protective cap that should remain on the sprinkler until the sprinkler system is placed in service following construction. Model G5 series sprinklers can be installed without removing the wrench-able protective cap using the Model W3 wrench. Alternatively, Model G5 series sprinklers can be installed using the Model FC wrench by temporarily removing the protective cap during installation of the sprinkler. The use of any other wrench to installed Model G5 series sprinklers is not permitted and may damage the sprinkler. Fully insert the Model W3 wrench over the cap until it reaches the bottom of the cup, or the Bulletin 034 RelIabI Page 8 of 9 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model W3 For use with Model G5 Series sprinklers with wrench-able cap installed ET Model FC For use with Model G5 Series sprinklers without wrench-able cap installed Model FC wrench over the sprinkler until the wrench engages the body. Do not wrench any other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly. The Model W3 and FC wrenches are designed to be turned with a standard 1/2" square drive. Tighten the sprinkler into the fitting after applying a PTFE based thread sealant to the sprinkler's threads. Recommended installation torque is specified in Table J. Installation Torque Recommended Installation Sprinkler Threads Torque (mm.— ft.lb I N.m 1/2" NPT or lS071R1/2 8-18 11-24 3/4" NPT or 1S07-1R3/4 14-20 19-27 Do not exceed the maximum recommended torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Use care when inserting or removing the wrench from the sprinkler to avoid damage to the sprinkler. Install the cover plate by hand, turning the cover in the clockwise direction until it is tight against the ceiling. For Model G5 OR Gasket and Model G5 SR Gasket cover plates, the gasket should be attached to the flange of the cover plate skirt only. Do not glue the gasket in place or allow the gasket to overlap both the cover plate and the flange of the skirt. Maintenance Reliable Model G5 series sprinkler should be inspected and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, as well as the requirements of any Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Prior to installation, sprinklers should remain in the original cartons and packaging until used. This will minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia liquid or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming without touching the sprinkler. Bulletin 034 May 2019 Replace any sprinkler or cover plate which has been painted (other than factory applied). Properly installed Model G5 cover plates will have an air gap that is required for proper operation, do not seal the gap or paint the cover plates. Model G5 series sprinklers have holes in the cup that must remain unobstructed. Replace any sprinkler which has been damaged. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick re- placement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Failure to properly maintain sprinklers may result in inadvertent operation or non-operation during a fire event. Guarantee For the Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. guarantee, terms, and conditions, visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. Patents Model G5 series sprinklers may be covered by one or more of the following patents: U.S. Patent 6,554,077, U.S. Patent 7,275,603, U.S. Patent 8,776,903, U.S. Patent 9,248,327 Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering. Sprinkler Model [G5-281 [G5-42] [G5-56] [G5-56 300] [G5-80] [G5-80F] Temperature Rating [165°F (74°C)] [212°F (100°C)] Threads [NPT or ISO 7-1] Cover Plate Model [G5 (Solid), G5 Perforated, G5 OR Gasket, G5 SR Gasket] Finish (See Table I) Sprinkler Wrench Model W3 Model FC cJ 0 N-0) 0) 0) 0) 0) z Page 9 of 9 www.reliablesprinkler.com UI Bulletin 148 Rev.H Model Fl FR QREC Series K8.0 (115 metric) RelJa bl Quick Response Extended Coverage Sprinklers A complete line of UL Listed and FM Approved quick response extended coverage sprinklers for light hazard applications. Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are approved for installation 4" - 12" (102mm - 305mm) below the ceiling. Model Fl FR QREC Sprinkler Types Extended Coverage Pendent Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall EC-9 Deflector Elj Extended Coverage Pendent Recessed Extended Coverage Pendent Model Fl FR QREC Recessed Sprinkler Types Recessed Extended Coverage Pendent Recessed Extended Coverage Horizontal Sidewall: EC-9 Deflector For Model El FR QREC ½" K 5.6 (80) Sprinkler Types refer to Bulletin 028. Approval Organizations Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) Factory Mutual Approvals (FM) NYC MEA 258-93-E UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic & Open Quick Response Extended Coverage Sprinkler UL Guide Number VNIV Note: Consult appropriate FM Installation Standards regarding limitations of room size, ceiling height and minimum wall fire resistance rating. Product Description Reliable Models F1FR QREC and F1ER QREC Recessed Sprinklers are quick response sprinklers which combine the durability for a standard sprinkler with the attractive low pro- file of a decorative sprinkler. The Models El FR QREC and Fl FR QREC Recessed Auto- matic Sprinklers utilize a 3.0mm frangible glass bulb. These sprinklers have demonstrated response times in laboratory tests which are five times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick response enables these sprinklers to apply water to a fire faster than standard response sprinklers of the same temperature rating. Extended Coverage Recessed Extended Horizontal Sidewall EC-9 Coverage Horizontal Sidewall EC-9 The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely manu- factured glass capsule. This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. The balance of parts are made of brass, copper and beryllium nickel. The temperature rating of the sprinkler is identified by the color of the glass bulb. Application Quick response sprinklers are used in fixed fire protec- tion systems: Wet, Dry, Deluge or Preaction. Care must be exercised that the orifice size, temperature rating, deflector style and sprinkler type are in accordance with the latest published standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation or the approving authority having jurisdiction. Quick response sprinklers are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Model Fl FR QREC Pendent Sprinkler Deflector: EC Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench or Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench Approval Type: Quick Response Extended Coverage-Light Hazard Occupancy Installation Data: Nominal Sprinkler Nominal Thread K- Factor Sprinkler Temperature Approval Identification Orifice Size Length Rating Organizations Number (SIN) US Metric 17/32" 3/4" NPT 8.0 115 2.2" 135°F (57°C) 1,2,3,4 R4842 (20mm) (R3/4) (56.1 mm) 155°F (68°C) Model Fl FR QREC Recessed Pendent Sprinkler Deflector: EC Installation Wrench: Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench Approval Type: Quick Response Extended Coverage-Light Hazard Occupancy Installation Data: Nominal Thread Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler Temperature Approval0t Sprinkler Identification Orifice Size Length Rating Organizations Number (SIN) US Metric 17/32" 3/4" NPT 8.0 115 2.2" 135°F(57°C) 1,2,3,4 R4842 (20mm) (R3/4) (56.1 mm) 155°F (68°C) Refer to escutcheon data table for dimensions. Model Fl FR QREC Pendent and Recessed Pendent Required Minimum Flow/Pressure Flow Rate gpm (IJmin) Pressure psi (bar) Maximum Coverage Area Width x Length ft. x ft. (m x m) 26 (98.4) 10.6 (0,7) 16 x 16 (4.9 x 4.9) 33 (125 0) 170(12) 18 x15 5J 40 (151.4) 25.0(1,7) 20x20 (6.0x6.0)12t 2 UL/ULC Listed for both Pendent and Recessed Pendent at 135°F (57°C) only. 2 1/4 HOLE 0/A. [57. l5m] 1 15/16" 0/A I I [49.21mm] IX 3/4" REDUCER TURN COLLAR OR UNTIL TIGHT 1" X 1/2 REDUCER AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH ROSS FACE OF FITTING TO r CEILING DIMENSION (2) ___________ _______ 1/8" ADJUSTMENT (2) _____ [3.18mm] F7,(2) 2 27/32 OIA. - [72.23mm] I36FG028 2. Model F1 FR QREC Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Deflector: EC-9 Installation Wrench: Model D Sprinkler Wrench of Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench Approval Type: Quick Response Extended Coverage-Light Hazard Occupancy Installation Data Nominal Thread Nominal K-Factor Sprinkler Approval(2) Temperature Sprinkler Identification Orifice Size Length Organizations Rating Number (SIN) US Metric 17/32" 3/4" NPT 2.85 135°F (57°C) (20mm) (R3/4) 8.0 8.0 115 1,2,3,4 155°F (68°C) R4862 175°F (79°C) Model Fl FR QREC Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Deflector: EC-9 Installation Wrench: Model GFR2 Sprinkler Wrench Approval Type: Quick Response Extended Coverage-Light Hazard Occupancy Model Fl FR QREC Horizontal Sidewall and Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Required Minimum Flow/Pressure Flow Rate Pressure Maximum Approval(2) Deflector to Ceiling gpm (1/mm) psi 'bar) Coverage Area Width x Length Temperature Ratin01t Mm. - Max. Organizations Dimension UL FM UL FM Fl F2 ___ ______ ft.xfl(mxm) Inches (mm) 26 (98.4) - 10.6 (0,7) - 16x16 (4.9x4.9) 135°F (57°C) 6-12 (153-305) 29 (109.8) 32 (121.1) 13.1 (0,9) 16.0 (1,1) 16x16 (4.9x4.9) 4-12 (102-305) 29 (109.8) 36 (136.3) 13.1 (0,9) 20.2 (1,4) 16x 18 (4.9x5.5) 155°F (68°C) 1, 2,4 1, 2,3,4 4-12 (102-305) 32 (121.1) 40 (151.4) 16.0 (1,1) 25.0 (1,7) 16x20 (4.9x6.0) 4-12 (102-305) 36 (136.3) 44 (166.6) 20.2 (1,4) 30.2 (2,1) 16x22 (4.9x6.7) 175°F (79°C) 4-12 (102-305) 39 (147.6) 48 (181.7) 23.8 (1,6) 36.0 (2,5) 16x24 (4.9x7.3) 4-12 (102-305) 33(124.9) 17.0(1,2) 18 x 18 (5.5 x 5.5) 135°F (57°C) 4-12(102-305) 39(147.6) 23.8(1,6) 14 x 26 (4.3 x 7.9) 135°F (57°C) 4-6(102-153) 40(151.4) 25.0(1,7) 18 x 22 (5.5 x 6.7) 135°F (57°C) 4-12(102-305) 46(174.1) 33.1 (2,25) 14 x 26 (4.3 x 7.9) 135°F (57°C) 1,2 1,2 6-12(153-305) 33(124.9) 17.0(1,2) 18 x 18 (5.5 x 5.5) 155°F (68°C) 4-12(102-305) 40 (151.4) 25.0 (1,7) 18 x 22 (5.5 x 6.7) 155°F (68°C) 4-12(102-305) 46(174.1) 33.1 (2,25) 14 x 26(4.3 x 7.9) 155°F (68°C) 6- 12 (153-305) FM Approval of recessed sprinkler - 135°F (57°C) and 155°F (68°C) only. Refer to escutcheon data table for dimensions. 3. Installation Quick response sprinkler are intended for installation as specified in NFPA 13. Quick response sprinklers and stan- dard response sprinklers should not be intermixed. The Model F1FR QREC Recessed Sprinklers are to be in- stalled as shown. The Model Fl or F2 Escutcheons illus- trated are the only recessed escutcheons to be used with the Model F1FR QREC Sprinklers. The use of any other recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. When installing Model F1FR QREC Sprinklers, use the Model D Sprinkler Wrench or Model W2 Sprinkler Wrench. When installing Model F1FR QREC Recessed Pendent or Recessed Sidewall Sprinklers, use the Model GFR1 Sprin- kler Wrench. Any other type of wrench may damage these sprinklers. Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling and in- stallation. REMOVE THIS PROTECTION AT THE TIME THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS PLACED IN SERVICE FOR FIRE PROTECTION. Removal of the protectors before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. RASCO wrench- es are designed to install sprinklers when covers are in place. REMOVE PROTECTORS BY UNDOING THE CLASP BY HAND. DO NOT USE TOOLS TO REMOVE THE PRO- TECTORS. Maintenance The Models El FR QREC and Fl FR QREC Recessed Sprin- klers should be inspected and the sprinkler system main- tained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprin- kler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or op- erated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Maximum Classification Rating Ambient Temp. Bulb Color °F Ordinary 135 57 100 38 Orange Ordinary 155 68 100 I 38 Red Intermediate 175 79 150 66 Yellow Sprinkler Types Extended Coverage Pendent Extended Coverage Sidewall EC-9 HSW Deflector Recessed Extended Coverage Pendent Recessed Extended Coverage Sidewall EC-9 HSW Deflector Finishes') Standard Finishest1 Sprinkler Escutcheon Bronze Brass Chrome Chrome White & Black Polyester (3) White Special Application Finishes Sprinkler(') Escutcheon Electroless Nickel PTFEt3 Electroless Nickel PTFE Bright Brass Bright Brass Black Plating Black Plating Black Paint Black Paint Off White Satin Off White Chrome Chrome Dull Other colors and finishes are available on special order. Consult factory for details. FM Approval limited to bronze, bright and satin chrome plated, and polyester coated only. 31cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant Sprinkler Escutcheon Data Escutcheon Adjustment Face of Fitting to Ceiling or Model Dimension Wall Dimension Fl 3/4" (19mm) 3/4" (19mm))1) /i " (5mm) - 1/e" (35mm))2) 15/16" (24mm) F2 /2" (13mm) 1" (25mm))" /16" (5mm) - 1/16" (40mm))2) 1 111" (18mm) " EC Pendent (2) EC HSW Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model: F1FR QREC Sprinkler Type Temperature Rating Sprinkler Finish Thread Type: [3/4" NPT] [ISO 7-1R3/4] Escutcheon Type Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) Note: When Model F1FR Recessed sprinklers are or- dered, the sprinklers and escutcheons are pack- aged separately. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12 bar) SIN R4842 & R4862 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar) 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. Recycled ® (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices . Paper Reliable (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG. Printed in U.S.A. 03/17 P/N 9999970142 Bulletin 171 Rev. B Relmlabi Quick-Response for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies Spacing up to 20ft x 20ft (6.1m x 6.1 m) Features Extended Coverage protection to 400 ft2 (37.2 m2) per sprinkler. Nominal K-factor of 11.2 (160 metric). Ordinary temperature rated - 165°F (740C). Flat cover plate with 1/2 inch (13 mm) assem- bly adjustment. Smooth aesthetic ceiling profile. Solid or perforated cover plate available in a wide variety of colors and finishes. Threaded cover plate does not require clips or springs. Approvals 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and certified by UL for Canada (cULus). UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic and Open Extended Coverage Sprin- klers-Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard Occupancy UL Guide Number —vNlV. Product Description The Reliable Model G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH Concealed sprinkler is an Extended Coverage Sprinkler for use in Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies with a coverage area of up to 400 square feet (37.2 m2) per sprinkler. The use of extended coverage sprinklers can provide lower installation costs by requiring fewer sprinklers, less piping and reduced labor. The larger K-factor 11.2 (160 metric) provides for reduced pressures to achieve the required flow compared with smaller K-factor sprinklers. The G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH can eliminate the need for precise cutting of drop nipples. The Thread-on/Thread-off cov- er plate assembly provides up to 1/2" (13 mm) of adjustment to allow the cover to fit accurately against the ceiling. The fire protection system need not be shut down when adjusting or removing the Thread-on/Thread-off cover plate assembly. Model G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH C CD Quick-Response Extended Coverage -L K11.2 (160 metric) -L Concealed Pendent (SIN R7146) (t 0-1 G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH Concealed Design Criteria G4XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH sprinklers are to be installed ac- cording to the design criteria shown in this Bulletin, NFPA 13, and all other local codes and ordinances. Flows and pres- sures, as shown in the Flow Requirements chart on page 2 of this Bulletin, must be selected based on the spacing and hazard classifications. The following criteria also apply: Minimum sprinkler spacing is 9 ft (2.75 m). Sprinklers have a minimum flow requirement for each spacing as shown in the Flow Requirements chart on page 2. Sprinklers are only to be used in systems hydraulically designed per NFPA 13. Deflector to commodity clearance shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm). Sprinklers shall be installed in unobstructed construc- tion as defined in NFPA 13. Sprinklers can be installed under a sloping ceiling not exceeding 2 inches (50.8 mm) of rise in 12 inches (304.5 mm). Maximum working pressure is 175 psi (12.1 bar) at the sprinkler. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 Technical Data Nominal Temperature Max. Maximum Maximum Maximum Sprinkler Type K-factor Rating Temp. Sprinkler Coverage Thread Approvals Model Spacing Area Size gpm/psi"2 OF °C OF °C ft (m) ft2 (m2) (lpm/bar112) G4 XLO-QR Concealed 11.2(160) 165 74 100 38 20(6.1) 400(37.2) 3%"NPT or cULus ECLH/ECOH Pendent ISO 7-1 R3/4 Flow Requirements - Quick Response Spacing ft (m) Coverage Area ft2 (m9 Ligif Hazard1 Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Flow gpm (1pm) Pressure psi (bar) Flow gpm (Lpm) Pressure psi (bar) Flow gpm (1pm) Pressure psi (bar) 14x 14(4.3x4.3) 196 (18.2) 30 (113.5) 7.2(0.5) 30 (113.6) 7.2(0.5) 39 (147.6) 12.1 (0.8) 16 x 16 (4.9 x 4.9) 256 (23.8) 30 (113.5) 7.2 (0.5) 39 (147.6) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193.0) 20.7(l.4) 18 x 18(5.5 x 5.5) 324 (30.1) 33(125.0) 8.7(0.6) 49(185.5) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246.0) 33.7 (2.3) 20x20(61 x61)400(372)40(1510) 128(09j 1 60(2271) 287(20) 80(3028) 510(35) Installation Do not install the MODEL G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH in ceilings which have positive pressure in the space above. After installa- tion, inspect all sprinklers to en- sure that both the gap between the cover plate and ceiling and the 4 drive slots in the cup are open and free from any air flow impediment. After a 2 /8" (67 mm) diameter hole is cut in the ceiling, the Model G4 Wrench sprinkler is to be installed with the Model G4 Wrench. When installing a sprinkler, the wrench is first positioned into the sprinkler/cup assembly until two wrench tangs fully engage drive slots in the top of the cup. The sprin- kler is then tightened into the pipe fitting. When inserting or removing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly care should be taken to prevent damage to the sprin- kler. DO NOT WRENCH ON ANY OTHER PART OF THE SPRINKLER/CUP ASSEMBLY. A protective cap is provided to protect the drop down deflector from damage which could occur during con- struction before the cover plate is installed. The cap is factory installed inside the sprinkler cup. Remove the cap to install the sprinkler, then replace the cap until the cover plate is installed. THE MODEL G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED ONLY WITH A 135°F RATED MODEL G4 COVER PLATE WHICH HAS BEEN LISTED WITH THE SPRINKLER. DRIVE SLOT (TYP.of 4) ..-, G4 XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH Concealed Pendent Maintenance Model G4XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH sprinklers should be in- spected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammonia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by using a soft brush or gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler or cover plate assembly, which has been painted (other than factory ap- plied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of dam- aged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprin- klers should be maintained in their original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non- operation. Once operated automatic sprinklers and cover plates cannot be reassembled and reused. New sprin- klers of the same size, type and temperature rating must be installed. A cabinet of replacement sprinklers should be provided for this purpose. 2. Model Model G4XLO-QR ECLH/ECOH Con- cealed Pendent Sprinkler Specification Sprinklers shall be a cULus listed as Quick-Response Extended Coverage sprinklers for Light Hazard, Ordinary Hazard Group 1, and Ordinary Hazard Group 2 occupan- cies. Sprinklers to be of bronze frame construction with brass cover plate and copper alloy retainer flange assembly. Water seal assembly shall consist of a PTFE coated Belleville spring washer and machined brass cup containing no plastic parts. Method of attaching the cover plate to the sprinkler cup shall be a Thread-on and Thread-off design allowing a 1/2" (13 mm) cover plate adjustment. Sprinklers shall have a nominal K-factor of 11.2 (160 metric), and 3/4" NPT threads. Sprin- kler temperature rating shall be 165°F (74°C) with a cover plate temperature rating of 135°F (570C). Sprinklers shall be capable of a maximum coverage area of 20 ft. x 20 ft. (6.1 m x 6.1 m), with a minimum horizontal spacing of 9 ft. (2.75 m). Rated working pressure shall be 175 psi (12.0 bar). A plastic protective cap shall be provided and factory installed onto the sprinkler cup to protect the sprinkler prior to installa- tion of the cover plate. Cover plate type: [Solid] [Perforated]. Cover plate finish: [White] [Chrome] [Custom Finish—specify]. Quick-Response Extended Coverage Concealed Pendent Sprinklers for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard Occupan- cies shall be Reliable Model G4XLO-QR ECLHIECOH. SIN R7146 (Bulletin 171). Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model: G4XLO-QR ECLHIECOH (SIN R7146) Cover Plate Finish: [See Cover Plate Finishes chart] Cover Plate Type: Model G4 [Solid][Perforated] Thread Size: 3/4" NPT unless otherwise specified, ISO 7-1 R3/4 available by special order The installation wrench is Model G4. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN): R7146 Cover Plate Finishes Standard Finishes White Paint Chrome Special Application Finishes Off White Paint Black Paint Custom Color Paint —Specffy(11 Raw Brass (Lacquered) Bright Brass Finished Bronze Black Plated Satin Chrome Stainless Steel Clad(2) (1) Custom color paint is semi-gloss, unless specified otherwise. 2) Stainless steel clad cover plates are Type 316 Stainless Steel on the finished side and C102 Copper Alloy on the back side. Cover plates are not listed or approved as corrosion resistant. Stainless steel clad cover plates are not available perforated. Note: Paint or any other coatings applied over the factory fin- ish will void all approvals and warranties. 2-3/8" (60mm) DIA. 3/4" NPT THREADS UI U CUPASSEMBLY -N - FRAME (n C-) 0 I / I I ,,- COVERPLATEASSEMBLY I I DEFLECTOR ________ = -3/16" (5mm) r.. 3-5/16 (84mm) DIA. 171F501A ig. 1 - Sprinkler and Cover Plate Dimensions 3. 171 FGO2A I lIl III 2-5/8" (67mm) DIA. HOLE IN L CEILING FITTING WITH 3/4" NPT SPRINKLER OUTLET - - - 1 I TI1 71 I ii' I III I (-1] U IIrr ' 2-5/8" (67mm) MAX. l>H C) i"ri I FACE OF FITTING 11 CEILING TO CEILING DIMENSION - - 1/2" (13mm) MAX. COVER ADJUSTMENT Fig. 2 - Installation Dimensions The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, Factory Mutual Research Corporation, or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Manufactured by Reliablee Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (800) 431-1588 Sales Offices (800) 848-6051 Sales Fax (914) 829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address ®Recycled Paper Revision lines indicate updated or new data. EG. Printed in U.S.A. 05/17 P/N 9999970465 Model JL1 12 Upright Model J112 Upright -- Model JL1 12 Pendent Model J112 Pendent F1/F2 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon Bulletin 172 May 2019 Reliable Product Description Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprinklers are cULus Listed extended coverage spray sprinklers intended for installation in accordance with NFPA 13. The sprinklers also have cU- Lus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction in accordance with the require- ments documented in this bulletin. Coverage areas up to 400 ft2 (37 m2) per sprinkler with a maximum spacing of up to 20 ft by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) are permitted for both Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Listed flows and pressures for each hazard classification and sprinkler spac- ing are provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL1 12 se- ries sprinkler are cULus Listed as quick-response sprinklers for Light Hazard occupancies. When used in the Ordinary Hazard occupancies, Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprin- klers are cULus Listed as quick-response for spacings up to 14 ft by 14 ft (4.3 m by 4.3 m) and standard-response for other listed spacings up to 20 ft by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m). Model J112 Pendent and J112 Upright sprinklers use a glass bulb operating element and are cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers when ordered with White Polyester, Black Polyester, or Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) finish. Model JL1 12 Pendent and JL1 12 Upright sprinklers use a fusible link operating element. Model J112 Pendent and Model JL1 12 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model F2 and Model FP recessed escutch- eons, which provide up to 1/2 inch (13 mm) of adjustment. In addition, for Ordinary Hazard occupancies, the Model J112 Pendent and Model JL1 12 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model Fl recessed escutcheon that provides up to 3/4 inch (19 mm) of adjustment. Application Model J112 and JL1 12 series sprinklers are intended for installation in Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupan- cies in accordance with NFPA 13. The sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage spray sprinklers and the require- ments identified in this bulletin. In addition to the installation requirements of NFPA 13, cULus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction is provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL1 12 Sprinklers Extended Coverage Sprinklers for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard cULus Listed K11.2 (160 metric) Model J112 and JL1 12 Series Sprinkler Summary Model Orientation Operating Element Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) J11 [Pendent Glass Bulb RA72161 JL1 12 Pendent Fusible Link R7216 J112 Upright Glass Bulb RA7326 JL112 Upright Fusible Link R7326 www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Pendent Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Glass Bulb Cup: Bronze Alloy Frame: Brass Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Kick Spring: Steel Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Model Ji Model RJ (recessed) Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table B) Temperature Ratings 155°F (68°C) 200°F (93°C) Recessed Escutcheons F1-314!'(1 9mm) adjustment (Ordinary Hazard only) F2-1/2" (13mm) adjustment FP-1/2" (13mm) adjustment Listings and Approvals cULus Listed cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant with White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT finish only Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components [sLui( Bulb Wrench Flat mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity ___ Max. Spacing HazaJ Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group I Group 2 ft. ft. x Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30 (114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14x 14 30 (114) 7.2(0:50) 30 (114) 7.2 (0.50) 39 (148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3x4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR fL (O.50) 1 39 (148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(l.4) (4.9 x 4.9) QR f SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7(0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5 x 5,5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20x20 40 (152) 12.8 (0.88) 60 (227) 28.7 (2.0) 80 (303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 2 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Pendent Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3I4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor Nickel Alloy Solder Link Frame: Brass Alloy Levers: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Strut: Copper Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Model J1 Model RJ (recessed) Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table C) Temperature Rating* 165°F(74°C) 212°F(100°C) Recessed Escutcheons F1-314!'(1 9mm) adjustment (Ordinary Hazard only) F2-1/2" (13mm) adjustment FP-1/2" (13mm) adjustment Listings and Approvals . cULus Listed *Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied with white link regardless of temperature rating Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components Link Wrench Flat mm) 1-5/8" (42mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity _ F1 01rI._ Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group _I Ordinary Hazard Group 2 x ft. ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm aft) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3,7x3.7) OR OR OR OR OR OR 14x 14 30 (114) 7.2 (0.50) 30 (114) 7.2 (0.50) 39 (148) 12.1(0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16x 16 30 (114) 7.2 (0.50) 39 (148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(l.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5x5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20x20 40 (152) 12.8 (0.88) 60 (227) 28.7 (2.0) 80 (303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 3 of 7 May 2019 ReIiabI www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Upright Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor: 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor Glass Bulb Cup: Bronze Alloy Frame: Brass Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Kick Spring: Steel Alloy Deflector: Brass Alloy Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table D) Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C) 200°F (93°C) Sprinkler Wrench Model Ji Listings and Approvals cULus Listed cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant with White Polyester, Black Polyester, and ENT finish only :- Model J112 Upright Sprinkler Components L.LuIC Bulb Wrench Flat 1mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity rniri' Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group 1 Ordinary Hazard Group 2 ft x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3,7) QR OR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16x 16 30 (114) 7.2 (0.50) 39 (148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(l.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5x5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20x20 40 (152) 12.8 (0.88) 60 (227) 28.7 (2.0) 80 (303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 4 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Technical Specifications Style: Extended Coverage Upright Threads: 3/4" NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor 11.2 (160 metric) Max. Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) Mm. Spacing: 8 ft. (2.4 m) Material Specifications Thermal Sensor: Nickel Alloy Solder Link Frame: Brass Alloy Levers: Brass Alloy Strut: Brass Alloy Cap: Bronze Alloy Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy with PTFE Load Screw: Bronze Alloy Deflector Brass Alloy Finishes (See Table G) Sensitivity (See Table E).- Temperature Rating* 165-F (74-C) Sprinkler Wrench . •1 Model J1 Listings and Approvals cULus Listed *Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied with white link regardless of temperature rating Model .JLII2 Upright Sprinkler Components r'iuiiz Link Wrench Ft Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Max. Spacing Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Group _1 Ordinary Hazard Group 2 ft. x ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure (m x m) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm (I/rn) psi (bar) gpm O/m) psi (bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7x3.7) OR OR QR OR OR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) OR OR OR OR OR OR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2 (0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51(193) 20.7(l.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7 (0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7 (2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20x20 40 (152) 12.8 (0.88) 60 (227) 28.7 (2.0) 80 (303) 51.0 (3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR = Quick-response SR = Standard-response Bulletin 172 Page 5 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com The Model J112 and JL112 pendent and upright sprinklers are cULus Listed for installation under concrete tee construction in ac- cordance with the following specific application criteria: Max. Tee Depth: 2'- 6" (0.8m) Max. Tee Stem Spacing: 7'- 6" (2.3m) Mm. Tee Stem Spacing: 3'- 0" (0.9m) Max. Tee Length: 32'- 0" (9.8m) or baffles not less than the depth of the tees must be installed so that the longitudinal space between baffles does not exceed 32ff (9.8m) in length. Max. Deflector distance below Tee: 1" (25mm) Comply with obstructions to the Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development requirements of the NFPA13 where deflector is lo- cated above bottom of tee. Application and Installation for Use Under Concrete Tee H2'-6" (0.8m) 1" (25mm) max. max. 1"(25mm) max. J 7-6" (2.3m) max. 3-0" (0.9m) mm. Model FP Escutcheon Model F1/F2 Escutcheon Installation Dimensions Installation Dimensions 1-15/16' OIA. - (49mm) i 2-5/8 DIA. (67mm) Hole in Ceiling 2-5/16" DIA. (59mm) Cup 1" (25mm) +/- 1/4(6mm) 1-3/8' (35mm) +1- 1/4" (6mm) 2-3/8" )60rnm) DIA. Hole In Ceiling Fl: 1/2'(l2mm)*/-3/8'(lomm( F2: 3/8')10rnm( +1-1/4(6mm) Fl: 2' )5lmni) +/- 3/8' (10mm) F2: 2-1/8' (54mm) +/- 1/4' (6mm) 3-3/16 (81 mm) 2-13/16' Note: The Model FP, Fl, or F2 may be used for ordinary hazard occupancies. For light hazard occupancies, the Model FP or F2 recessed escutcheon must be used. Model J112 and JL112 sprinklers with Model Fl recessed escutcheon are not listed for use in light hazard occupancies. Bulletin 172 Page 6 of 7 May 2019 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com RJ Wrench Sprinkler & Escutcheon Finishes Sprinkler Finishes Special Application Sprinkler Finishes Sprinkler Fl, F2, & FPM Escutcheons Sprinkler Fl, F2, & FPt3 Escutcheons Bronze Brass Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Dull Chrome Dull Chrome White Polyester 2) White Polyester Black Polyester (2) Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE 2)(4( Type 316 Stainless Steel Notes: Paint or any other coatina acolied over the factory finish will void all aoorovals and warranties. cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant when ordered with Model J112 Pendent (RA7216) or Model J112 Upright (RA7326). The Model FP escutcheon assembly consists of an unfinished galvanized cup with a finished escutcheon ring. Available with Model J112 Pendent (RA7216) and Model J112 Upright (RA7326) only. Installation Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling, and installation. Re- liable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb pro- tector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage. Remove bulb protec- tors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. Models J112 and JL112 series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. Recom- mended installation torque is 14 to 20 lb.ft (19 to 27 Nm). Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installa- tion torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Recessed pendent sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 6 or Fig 7., as applicable to the specific model being in- stalled. Models J1 12 and JL1 12 series recessed pendent sprin- klers may only be installed with the Reliable Model Fl, Model F2, or Model FP recessed escutcheon. The use of any other recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and negate all war- ranties. The Reliable Model FP escutcheon may not be used in ceilings having positive pressure with respect to the space below. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP escutcheon/ can assembly are unobstructed following installation. Maintenance Models J112 and JL112 series sprinklers should be inspect- ed and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammo- nia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacu- uming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other than factory applied) or damaged in any way. A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging un- til used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. Listings and Approvals Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and certified by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (cULus) UL Listing Category Sprinklers, Automatic and Open Extended Coverage Sprinklers UL Guide Number - VNIV. Ordering Information Specify: Sprinkler Model: [J112 Pendent] [JL112 Pendent] [J112 Upright] [JL112 Upright] Temperature Rating: J112: [155°F (68°C)] [200°F (93°C)] JL112: [165°F (74°C)] [212°F (100°C)] Finish: (See Table G) Escutcheon (Pendent Only; for 3!4" threads) Model Fl (Ordinary Hazard Only) Model F2 Model FP (0 (0 (0 (0 (0 -.4 0 (3 Bulletin 172 Page 7 of 7 May 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Bulletin 204 May 2019 Rellable Escutcheons Fire Sprinkler Escutcheons Escutcheons enhance the appearance of fire sprinklers by cover- ing exposed fittings that are visible beyond finished ceilings and walls. Furnished to accommodate male pipe threads, the escutch- eon is held firmly in place by the sprinkler. The finishes provided are for decorative purposes and may weather or discolor when ex- posed to outdoor or corrosive conditions. Model B - One Piece Model B escutcheons are made of mild steel and are available in the finishes listed in Table A. The Model B is also available in stain- less steel, with or without polyester coating. Diameter: 2-7/8" (73mm); Depth: 11/16" (17mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" and 3/4" Model C - One Piece Model C escutcheons are made of mild steel and are available in the finishes listed in Table A. Diameter: 2-7/8" (73mm); Depth: 1/8" (3mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" Model HB - Two Piece Model HB escutcheons are made of mild steel and are available in the finishes listed in Table A. Telescoping design permits up to 1" (25mm) vertical adjustment for variations in the distance that sprinklers extend below the ceiling. Diameter: 3-1/2" (89mm); Depth: 2" mm. (51mm), 3" max. (76mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" or 3/4" Model B - One Piece Model C - One Piece Model HB - Two Piece Model Fl or F2 - Two piece Model Fl and F2 escutcheons are made of mild steel and are avail- able in the finishes listed in Table A. The Model Fl and F2 is also available in stainless steel, with or without polyester coating. Model Fl permits up to 3/4" (19mm) vertical adjustment and Model F2 permits up to 1/2" (12mm) vertical adjustment. Diameter: 2-7/8" (73mm); Depth: Fl 1-1/8" (29mm), F2 7/8" (22mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" or 3/4" Model Fl or F2 - Two Piece www.reliablesprinkler.com Model F1S or F2S - Two Piece Model HS or F2S - Two piece Model F1S and F2S escutcheons are made of mild steel and are available in the finishes listed in Table A. Model Fl S permits up to 3/4" (19mm) vertical adjustment and Model F2S permits up to 1/2" (12mm) vertical adjustment. Oversized outer ring covers larger holes in ceiling that may be required for seismic pur- poses. Note: All Reliable fire sprinklers listed with Model Fl or F2 escutcheons may utilize the Model F1S or F2S escutcheon (respectively). Diameter: 5" (127mm); Depth: F1S 1-1/8" (29mm), F2S 7/8" (22mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" or 3/4" Model FV - Two Piece Model FV escutcheons are made of mild steel and are available in the finishes listed in Table A. Model FV has 1/2" vertical ad- justment. Designed specifically for use with the Reliable LT56 and LT56L sprinklers. Note: All 1/2" NPT Reliable fire sprinklers that are cULus Listed with Model F2 escutcheons may use the Model FV escutcheon. Diameter: 2-7/8" (73mm); Depth: 7/8" (22mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2" Caution: The Model FV escutcheon is not intended for use Model FV - Two Piece Model FP - Two piece Model FP escutcheons are made of mild steel with a galvanized cup. The Model FP is also available in stainless steel, with or with- out polyester coating. The escutcheon ring is available in the finishes listed in Table A. Push-on/thread-off feature permits up to 3/4" (19mm) vertical adjustment. Diameter: 3-1/4" (83mm); Depth: 15/16" (24mm) Sprinkler Thread Size: 1/2", 3/4", or 1" (for sprinkler Model N252E0 only) Caution: The Model FP escutcheon is not intended for use where the space above the ceiling is positively pressurized with respect to the occupied space below. Escutcheon Finishes Standard Finishes Special Application Finishes White Polyester Bright Brass Plated Chrome Plated Dull Chrome Plated Brass Plated Black Plated Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester Note: The Model FP escutcheon assembly consists of an unfinished galvanized cup with a finished escutcheon ring. Maintenance Escutcheons for listed recessed sprinklers must remain in place, and shall be replaced if found missing. Non-listed metallic trim rings for exposed sprinklers are often required for fire separation purposes and should be replaced if found missing. Bulletin 204 May 2019 Model FP - Two Piece Approvals There are no listings or approvals required for non-recessed es- cutcheons such as the Model B and C one piece or the Model HB two piece escutcheon. These may be used with any exposed fire sprinkler installation made in accordance with NFPA 13 require- ments. Escutcheons used with recessed sprinklers must be part of a listed sprinkler assembly. Refer to the appropriate technical bulletin of each sprinkler for this information. Ordering Information Specify the following when ordering: Model Stainless Steel (Model B, Fl, F2, and FP) Thread Size Finish Page 2 of 2 www.reliablesprinkler.com '5 (0 (0 (0 (0 (0 -.4 C C CO (Y1 Bulletin 208 September 2019 HeliableI ~~ Product Description Sprinkler guards and water shields in this bulletin are indepen- dent components which are Listed or Approved with specif- ic fire sprinklers. Sprinkler guards are designed to protect the sprinkler from damage due to incidental contact. Water shields are intended for use in racks or under grated walkways and prevent water from above from cooling and thereby delaying activation of the shielded sprinkler. For upright sprinklers with permanently attached water shields that do not require field assembly, please visit the Reliable web- site (www.reliablesprinkler.com) or contact Reliable Technical Services. Model C Sprinkler Guards and Water Shields Model C Series sprinkler guards are designed to be assembled onto installed sprinklers. Refer to guard selection table for list- ing and approval information regarding specific sprinkler and guard combinations. All Model C guards are certified by FM Approvals. Models C-2 and C-3 also have cULus Listings. Model C-i Model C-i guards are used with pendent, upright, horizontal sidewall and vertical sidewall sprinklers. Model C-2 Model C-2 guards are used with non-recessed pendent dry sprinklers Model C-3 Model C-3 guards have a water shield attached. When assem- bled to an upright sprinkler, the combination is for upright inter- mediate sprinkler applications. Model C-5 Model C-5 guards are supplied with a water shield and 0-Ring which are assembled to the sprinkler before the sprinkler is in- stalled. The guard is then installed to the sprinkler after it is installed in the fitting. Model D Sprinkler Guards and Water Shields The Model D Series sprinkler guards are supplied as kits to be assembled to the sprinkler at the job site before sprinkler installation. The kit consists of the guard, ½" and 3/4" locknuts and a water shield when being used as an intermediate level sprinkler. The pendent intermediate has an 0-Ring supplied. The Model D-9 does not require an 0-Ring. Model D Series guards are also available factory assembled on the sprinkler ready for immediate installation of the sprinkler and guard assembly. Model D-1 Model D-1 guards can be assembled to pendent, upright and horizontal sidewall sprinklers. Sprinkler Guard and Water Shield Assemblies Example: Model Di Sprinkler Guard Model D-3, D-6 and D-7 Model 0-3, D6 and D-7 guards have a water shield attached and are assembled to upright sprinklers. The sprinkler guard assembly is for upright intermediate level sprinkler applications. Model D-4 and D-5 Model D-4 and D-5 guards are 0-1 guards supplied with an original water shield which is threaded on (1/2") or passed over (3/4") the sprinkler inlet thread. The combination forms a pen- dent intermediate level sprinkler. Model D-8 Model D-8 guard can be assembled to pendent sprinklers. Model D-9 The Model 0-9 guard is a model D-8 guard supplied with a water shield that is passed over the 3/4"sprinkler inlet thread. The combination forms a pendent intermediate level sprinkler Model E and S Water Shields Model E and S Shields are threaded water shields designed to create a pendent intermediate level sprinkler when installed on an approved sprinkler. The water shields are UL listed and/or FM Approved with the sprinklers listed in Table A, Listed and Approved Sprinkler, Guard, and Water Shield Combinations. Model E-1 and S-I Model F-i and S-i water shields are threaded onto 1/2" sprin- kler inlet threads prior to installation Model E-2 and S-2 Model E-2 and S-2 water shields are threaded onto 3/4" sprin- kler inlet threads prior to installation. Model E-5 and S-5 Model E-5 and S-5 water shields are threaded onto i' sprinkler inlet threads prior to installation. Note: Model E water shields cannot be used with a guard www.reliablesprinkler.com Model K-22 and K25 Sprinkler Guards The Model K-22 and K-25 sprinkler guards are FM Approved when used with Model HL-22 and N-25 ESFR sprinklers, re- spectively. The guards are FM Approved for in-rack installation only. Each guard is supplied with a 1" locknut that must be threaded onto the sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation. The guard is assembled to the sprinkler following installation of the sprinkler. Model F Sprinkler Guards and Water Shields The Model F Series sprinkler guards are supplied as kits to be assembled to the sprinkler at the job site before sprinkler installation. The kit consists of the guard, /2" and 3/4" lock-nuts (when used without a water shield) or a threaded water shield (when being used as an intermediate level pendent sprinkler). Model F Series guards are also available factory assembled on the sprinkler ready for immediate installation of the sprin- kler and guard assembly. Model F-i, F-2, F-4 and F-7 Model F-i, F-2, F-4 and F-7 guards can be assembled to pendent, upright and horizontal sidewall sprinklers and do not incorporate a water shield. Model F-3, F-5, F-6 and F-8 Model F-3, F-5, F-6 and F-8 guards have a water shield at- tached and are assembled to upright or pendent sprinklers to create intermediate level sprinklers. Model C-I Guards 3mm] SHOWN MODEL G UPRIGHT SPRINKLER SHOWN MODEL G PENDENT SPRINKLER Model C-2 Guards Model C-3 Guards and Water Shield SHOWN MODEL G UPRIGHT SPRINKLER SHOWN MODEL GFR UPRIGHT SPRINKLER 208C3D Bulletin 208 Page 2 of 12 September 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Model C-5 Guards and Water Shield 3-1/4 (82mm] SHOWN MODEL Fl FR PENDENT SPRINKLER SHOWN MODEL Fl PENDENT SPRINKLER SHOWN MODEL G PENDENT SPRINKLER Model D-1 Guard Model D-3 Guards and Water Shield 7-1 SHOWN MODEL 0 SPRINKLER UPRIGHT SHOWN MODEL Fl SPRINKLER UPRIDAT SHOWN MODEL 0 SPRINKLER UPRIGHT 208D3D SHOWN MODEL 0 SPRINKLER PEN DENT o SHOWN MODELS SPRINKLER AUREONTAL SIDEWALL SHOWN MODEL Fl SPRINKLER PENDENT SHOWN MODEL Fl SPRINKLER HOREOPITAL SIDEWALL SHOWN MODEL Fl SPRINKLER UPRIGHT Bulletin 208 Page 3 of 12 September 2019 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com SHOWN MODEL GPR 1/2 NPT SPRINKLER PENOENT I4TFJMEDI4TZ TON ONE 1— 3-114 [82mm] SHOWN MODEL OFR 314 NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT I4TERMEOIATE Model D-6 Guards and Water Shield Model D-7 Guards and Water Shield SHOWN MODEL 0 3/4 NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT JTEHMETIATE SHOWN MODEL Fl 3/4 NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT INTERMEDINTE 208D6E SHOWN MODEL GL1I2 PENDENT 3/411 NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT lITERMEDISTE 208D8A SHOWN MODEL 131-I12 PENDENT 3/411 NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT SPRINKLER Page 4 of 12 www.reliablesprinkler.com Bulletin 208 September 2019 MODELS 5L0231 II2NPTSPRWKI.ER LPRICUT HTERNfEAIE MODELS 5L0231 314 NPT SPRINKLER UPMONT N1TRMEDA1E 4-1/2"[114mm] '-~T 2-1/8' [53mm] UOL)IP, SHOWN MODEL GL 112 OR UPRIGHT SPRINKLER 9.4] Model D-9 Guard and Water Shield 3 114 [82.5] 208[ Model D-8 Guard 3.5] 7m,J SHOWN MODEL Fl I/2 NFl SPRINKLER PENDENr INIERMEDINTE I I1.IC1TF 1t1 I i• i &piJ SHOWN MODEL 0 112 'NPT SPRINKLER PENDENT I4100MEOINTE Model D-4 Guards and Water Shield 4112 [114o1,'I 3-1/4 [83mm] E-1 & E-2 4-1/2' [114mm] E-3 SHOWN MODEL FIFR LO SPRINKLER 3-1/4' 83mm1 S-i & S-2 -. 4-1/2 [114mm] 5-5 SHOWN MODEL F1FR LO SPRINKLER Model K-22 Guard Model K-25 Guard [92m,) [5mm] Model K-25 Guard wl S-5 Shield 41/2 I114vI Model K-22 Guard wl S-5 Shield 4-if (I14mI Page 5 of 12 www.reliablesprinkler.com Bulletin 208 September 2019 Model E Water Shield El: 1/2 NPTIISO 7-1R1/2 E2: 3/4 NPT/IS0 7-1113/4 E-3: 1 NPT/IS0 7-1R1 THREADS Note: Model E water shields cannot be used with a guard. I2mrI Model S Water Shield S-i: 1/2NPT/IS07-1111/2 S-2: 3/4 NPT/ISO 7-1113/4 S-5: i NPT/ISO 7-1R1 THREADS 16' NPT THREADS APT THREADS 2-13/16' £76'm] MODEL F-7 FENDEN MODEL F-7 HDRIZONTAL SIDEWALL Model F-I Guard 2-7/8' C73'm) MODEL F-i MODEL F-i UPRIGHT PENDENT J!" Model F-4 Guard 4-l/2"[114mm] F I ____________ 2-7/16' [60mm] I 1/2' NPT OR I I 3/4' NPT THREADS I MODEL F-3 UPRICH L Model F-6 Guard and Water Shield 3/4" NPT THREADS 16' MODEL F-6 PENDENT INTERMEDIATE Model F-7 Guard 1/2" NPT OR 3/4' NPT THREADS 11 Model F-2 Guard 1/2" NPT OR 3/4" NPT THREADS H T OR THREADS 2-718 173m'1 MODEL F-2 MODEL F-2 UPRIGH, PENDEN, Model F-5 Guard !LuI(W and Water Shield JifflZ 1/2" NPT THREADS MODEL F-5 PENDENT INTERMEDIATE Model F-8 Guard and Water Shield - 3-l/4[83mm] MODEL F-8 PENDENT INTERMEDIATE MODEL F-4 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL 1/2' NPT OR 3/4' NPT THREADS OR READS Bulletin 208 Page 6 of 12 September 2019 Reliable www,reliablesprinkler.com Listed and Approved Sprinkler, Guard, and Water Shield Combinations Sprinkler Sprinkler Nominal Threads Sprinkler and Guard or Water Shield Model1 Type() Identification K-Factor gpm/psP Sensitivity(3) NPT Guard or Water Model Number (SIN) (Llminlbar½) or 1507-1 Shield Approvals D-1 Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield c-i Guard Pendent R1712 8.0(115) SR 3/4 F1 LO FM C-5 Guard and Shield E-2 Shield S-2 Shield D-1 Guard Upright R1722 8.0(115) SR 3/4 cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield D-3_ Guard _and _Shield Pendent RA1311 2.8(40) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard F128 Upright RA1321 2.8(40) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard Pendent RA1313 4.2(60) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard F142 Upright RA1 323 4.2(60) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard cULus D-1 Guard HSW RA1335 5.6(80) SR 1/2 FM c-i Guard D-1 Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-1 Shield 0-i Guard 0-5 Guard and Shield Pendent RA1314 5.6(80) SR 1/2 D-1 Guard F156 FM D-4 Guard and Shield D-5 Guard and Shield E-1 Shield S-1 Shield D-i Guard cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield Upright RA1325 5.6(80) SR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield 0-1 Guard FM 0-3 Guard _and _Shield VSW RA1 385 5.6(80) SR 1/2 FM 0-1 Guard D-1 Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield 5-1 Shield 0-1 Guard 0-5 Guard and Shield Pendent RA6414 5.6(80) SR 1/2 D-i Guard FM D-4 Guard and Shield Fl -56SS D-5 Guard and Shield E-i Shield S-1 Shield 0-i Guard cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield Upright RA6424 5.6(80) SR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield FM 0-1 Guard 0-3 Guard and Shield D-i Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield Pendent RA6412 8.0(115) SR 3/4 0-1 Guard 0-5 Guard and Shield Fi -80SS FM E-2 Shield S-2 Shield D-i Guard Upright RA6422 8.0(115) SR 3/4 cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield D-3_ Guard _and _Shield Note: see table notes on page 11. Bulletin 208 Page 7 of 12 September 2019 Rellabld www.reliablesprinkler.com Sprinkler Sprinkler Nominal Threads Sprinkler and Guard or Water Shield Model1 Typet2 Identification K- Factor gpm/psi½ Sensitivity(3) NPT Guard or Water Model Number (SIN) (UminIbar½) or 1507-1 Shield Approvals D-i Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield C-i Guard Pendent R3612 8.0(115) OR 3/4 FM C-5 Guard and Shield Fl FRLO E-2 Shield S-2 Shield cULus C-i Guard Upright R3622 8.0(115) OR 3/4 C-3 Guard and Shield _____________ FM C-i Guard Pendent RA1411 2.8(40) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard F1FR28 Upright RA1421 2.8(40) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard D-i Guard Fl FR-300 Pendent R5612 8.0(115) OR 3/4 cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield Upright R5622 8.0(115) OR 3/4 cULus D-1 Guard Pendent RA1413 4.2(60) OR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard F1FR42 Upright RA1423 4.2(60) OR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard cULus D-i Guard HSW RA1435 5.6(80) OR 1/2 FM C-i Guard D-i Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-i Shield C-i Guard Pendent RA1414 5.6(80) OR 1/2 C-5 Guard and Shield D-i Guard Fl FR56 FM D4 Guard and Shield D-5 Guard and Shield E-1 Shield S-1 Shield D-i Guard cULus C-3 Guard and Shield Upright RA1425 5.6(80) OR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield FM C-i Guard C-3 Guard and Shield VSW RA1485 5.6(80) OR 1/2 FM C-i Guard cULus D-i Guard HSW RA2634 5.6(80) OR 1/2 FM C-i Guard C-i Guard 0-5 Guard and Shield D-i Guard Pendent RA2614 5.6(80) OR 1/2 FM D4 Guard and Shield FiFR56-300 D-5 Guard and Shield F-i Shield S-1 Shield D-1 Guard cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield Upright RA2625 5.6(80) OR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield FM C-i Guard 0-3 Guard _and _Shield cULus D-i Guard D-5 Guard and Shield C-i Guard Pendent RA6514 5.6(80) OR 1/2 0-5 Guard and Shield FM D-1 Guard Fl FR56SS D-4 Guard and Shield D-5_ Guard _and _Shield D-i Guard cULus 0-3 Guard and Shield Upright RA6524 5.6(80) OR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield FM C-i Guard 0-3 Guard and Shield Note: see table notes on page ii. Bulletin 208 Page 8 of 12 September 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com Sprinkler Sprinkler Nominal Threads Sprinkler and Guard or Water Shield ModeI" Type2 Identification K-Factor gpm/psi Sensitivity(3)NPT Guard or Water Model Number (SIN) (L/minlbar½) or 1507-1 Shield Approvals (4) D-1 Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield c-i Guard Pendent RA6412 8.0(115) OR 3/4 F1FR80SS FM C-5 Guard and Shield E-2 Shield S-2 Shield cULus c-i Guard Upright RA6422 8.0(115) OR 3/4 C-3 Guard and Shield FM c-i Guard F3-56 Dry Pendent R5314 5.6(80) SR 1 cULus, FM C-2 Guard F30R56 Dry Pendent R5714 5.6(80) OR 1 cULus, FM C-2 Guard (5) R1231 2.8(40) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard R1233 4.2(60) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard R1235 5.6(80) SR 1/2 cULus HSW D-i Guard FM c-i Guard R1236 8.0(115) SR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard R1237 8.0(115) SR 3/4 cULus D-1 Guard RiOli 2.8(40) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard FM c-i Guard R1013 4.2(60) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard D-i Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield R1015 5.6(80) SR 1/2 ______________ S-i Shield c-i Guard FM C-5 Guard and Shield ____________ _________________ S-i Shield __________ ________ ______________ Pendent D-i Guard R1016 8.0(115) SR 1/2 cULus D-5 Guard and Shield FM c-i Guard D-i Guard cULus D-5 Guard and Shield G R1017 8.0(115) SR 3'4 ______________ S-2 Shield c-i Guard FM C-5 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield R1021 2.8(40) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard FM c-i Guard R1023 4.2(60) SR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard D-i Guard cULus C-3 Guard and Shield R1025 5.6(80) SR 1/2 D-3 Guard and Shield FM c-i Guard C-3 Guard and Shield Upright D-i Guard R1026 8.0 (115) SR 3/4 cULus C-3 Guard and Shield D-3 Guard and Shield FM c-i Guard D-i Guard cULus C-3 Guard and Shield R1027 8.0(115) SR 3/4 D-3 Guard and Shield FM c-i Guard C-3 Guard and Shield VSW R1285 5.6(80) SR 1/2 FM I c-i Guard Note: see table notes on page ii. Bulletin 208 Page 9 of 12 September 2019 Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com Sprinkler Sprinkler Nominal Threads Sprinkler and Guard or Water Shield Type (2) Identification K-Factor gpm/psi½ Sensitivity NPT Guard or Water Model" Number (SIN) (L/min/bar½) or lS07-1 Shield Approvals Model R3131 2.8(40) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard R3133 4.2(60) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard HSW R3135 5.6(80) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard R3137 8.0(115) OR 3/4 cULus D-1 Guard R3111 2.8(40) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard R3113 4.2(60) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard D-1 Guard R3115 5.6(80) OR 1/2 cULus D-4 Guard and Shield Pendent _____________ S-i Shield ___________________ ___________ _________ _______________ D-1 Guard cULus D-4 Guard and Shield GFR R3117 8.0(115) OR 3/4 S-2 Shield FM C-5 Guard and Shield R3121 2.8(40) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard R3123 4.2(60) OR 1/2 cULus D-i Guard C-3 Guard and Shield R3125 5.6(80) OR 1/2 cULus D-1 Guard Upright D-3 Guard and Shield ____________ __________________ __________ _________ ______________ C-3 Guard and Shield cULus D-1 Guard R3127 8.0(115) OR 3/4 D-3 Guard and Shield FM C-3 Guard and Shield D-8 Guard Pendent R3216 11.2(160) OR 3/4 FM 0-9 Guard and Shield GL112 S-2 Shield Upright 133226 11.2 (160) OR 3/4 FM D-7 Guard and Shield D-8 Guard Pendent R2916 11.2 (160) SR 3/4 FM D-9 Guard and Shield GXLO S-2 Shield cULus D-6 Guard and Shield Upright R2921 11.2 (160) SR 3/4 FM D-7 Guard and Shield K-22 Guard HL-22 Pendent RA1011 22.4(320) ESFR 1 FM E-3 Shield Mm S-5 Shield MR F-7 Guard cULus F-8 Guard and Shield ______________ S-1 Shield Pendent RA3614 5.6(80) OR 1/2 F-i Guard FM F-5 Guard and Shield _________ ____________ __________________ 5-1 Shield __________ _________ ______________ KFRS6 F-i Guard cULus ______________ F-3_ Guard _and _Shield Upright RA3624 5.6 (80) OR 1/2 F-1 Guard FM F-3_ Guard _and _Shield cULus F-7 Guard HSW RA3634 5.6(80) OR 1/2 FM F-4 Guard F-7 Guard Pendent RA3914 F-8 Guard/Water Shield _________ ____________ S-i_Water_Shield KFR56-300 5.6 (80) OR 1/2 cULus F-i Guard Upright RA3924 F-3 Guard/Water Shield HSW RA3934 F-7 Guard F-7 Guard cULus F-8 Guard and Shield S-2 Shield Pendent RA5412 8.0(115) OR F-2 Guard FM F-6 Guard and Shield KFR80 S-2 Shield F-i Guard cULus F-3_ Guard _and _Shield Upright RA5422 8.0 (115) OR 3/4 _______________ F-2 Guard FM F-3_ Guard _and _Shield K-25 Guard N-25 Pendent RA0912 25.2 (360) ESFR 1 FM E-3 Shield (6 _______________ S-5 Shield (6)(8) Note: see table notes on page 11. Bulletin 208 Page 10 of 12 September 2019 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com Notes: (I) Sprinkler guards and water shields are listed and approved only for use with specific sprinklers. The use of any other guards or water shields on these sprinklers may impede their operation or distribution and negate all approvals and warranties. ' HSW: Horizontal Sidewall; VSW: Vertical Sidewall ' OR: Quick-response; SR: Standard-response; ESFR: Early Supression Fast Response. ( In addition, NYC MEA Approvals for C-2, C-3, D-1, D-3, D-4, and D-5 guards and water shields. All UL Listed guards and water shields are approved for use in New York City in accordance with Local Law 33/2007. SSL Approval for C-i, C-2, and C-3 guards and water shields. Model C-2 guards are listed and work only with standard and HB type escutcheons. Model C-2 guards cannot be used with FP or Fl recessed escutcheons FM Approved for in-rack use only. Cannot be used in combination with the K22 or K25 Guard. When used in combination with the K22 or K25 Guard, the S-5 Shield replaces the 1" lock washer provided with the guard. Listings & Approvals Refer to Table A. Listed and Approved Sprinkler, Guard, and Water Shield Combinations for information on Listings and Ap- provals applicable to each guard and water shield. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL certified for Canada (cULus) Certified by FM Approvals NYC MEA 258-93-E Scientific Services Laboratories (SSL, Australia)* * For Models Cl, C2, C3 guards. Installation Model C Guards Install the sprinkler in accordance with the applicable sprinkler installation instructions prior to installing the Model C guard. With both clips unhooked, slightly spread open the guard. In- sert steel plate into the installed sprinkler between the threads and the wrench flats. The steel plate tabs should face the sprin- kler wrench flats and four contact points engage the sprinkler neck. For Model C-2, the steel plate fits into the groove in each wrench flat and the guard is located by the notch in both steel plates. Snap the upper locking clip into place, then close the near clip. The guard is now securely installed in place. If locking clip requires too much force to snap closed or open, slightly flex the wires on both sides of the clip and either close or open the clip. Model D Guards Model D series guards and water shields are designed to be in- stalled on the sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation. The guard, water shield, and sprinkler assembly must be installed with the wrench indicated in Table B. Wrench for Installation of Guard, Water Shield, and Sprinkler Assembly. Model D-i Assemble the guard on the sprinklers using the following tech- nique. With both cups unhooked, slightly spread open the guard. In- sert steel plate into the installed sprinkler between the threads and the wrench flats. The steel plate tabs should face the sprin- kler wrench flats and four contact points should engage the sprinkler neck. Snap the upper locking clip (steel plates) into place. Close the lower clip at the top of the guard and slide it down to the notch. The guard is more securely installed. Install the lock nut on to the NPT threads until the nut is securely against the guard. Model D-3, D-4, D-5, D-6, D-7, D-8 & D-9 Before a sprinkler is installed into a fitting, assemble the guard on the sprinkler using the same technique described for the Model C Guards. Then install a 1/2" or 3/4" locking nut on to the NPT threads until the nut is tight against the guard. Each guard is supplied with both size of locking nuts. Model E Water Shields Model E series water shields are designed to be installed on the sprinkler prior to sprinkler installation. The water shield and sprinkler assembly must be installed with the wrench indicated in Table B. Wrench for Installation of Guard, Water Shield, and Sprinkler Assembly. Thread the Model E water shield onto the sprinkler by hand until the water shield is securely against the sprinkler's wrench boss. The flat side of the water shield must face towards the sprin- kler's wrench boss. Note: Model E water shields cannot be used with a guard Model F Guards Model F series guards and guards with shields are designed to be installed on the sprinkler prior to installation. The assembly is then installed with the wrench indicated in Table B, Wrench for Installation of Guard, Water Shield, and Sprinkler Assembly. Models F-i, F-2, F-3, F-4 & F-7 Assemble the guard on the sprinklers using the technique de- scribed for the Model D-1, then install a 1/2" or 3/4" locking nut on the NPT threads until the nut is tight against the guard. Models F-5, F-6, & F-8 Assemble the guard on the sprinklers using the technique de- scribed for the Model D-1, then install a 1/2" or 3/4" threaded water shield on the NPT threads until the shield is tight against the guard. Model K-22 & K-25 Guards Install the provided locknut on the sprinkler threads prior to in- stallation of the sprinkler. Install the sprinkler in accordance with the applicable sprinkler installation instructions. With both clips unhooked, slightly spread open the guard. Insert the guard over the installed sprinkler so that the base plate of the guard attaches to the wrench flats of the sprinkler. Connect both lock- ing clips to the adjacent tines of the guard. Tighten the locknut against the base plate of the guard. Bulletin 208 Page 11 of 12 September 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model S Water Shields Model S water shields are designed to be installed on the sprinkler prior to installation. Thread the Model S water shield onto the sprinkler by hand, making sure that the shield does not pass by the end of the threads near the wrench boss. Install the sprinkler/shield assembly with the wrench indicated in the appropriate Technical Bulletin for the sprinkler. Note: For all products incorporating a lock-nut feature, the lock-nut is part of the listed assembly. Failure to install the lock- nut will void the listing of the product and may lower the impact tolerance of the device. Wrench for Installation of Guard, Water Shield, and Sprinkler Assembly Guard/ Water Shield Sprinklers* Required Wrench for Installation of Guard, Water Shield, and Sprinkler Assembly D1 Approved 5.6 (80 met- nc) and smaller Nomi- nal K-factor sprinklers Model JD D-5 D-3 D-4 D-1 Approved 8.0 (115 metric) Nominal K-factor sprinklers Model J D-5 D-3 D-4 All Approved Sprinklers Model JV All Approved Sprinklers Model GFR2 F All Approved Sprinklers Model J * See Table A. Listed and Approved Sprinkler, Guard, and Water Shield Combi- nations for information on sprinklers approved with each guard and water shield. Finish Standard Finish—Zinc with chromate dip. Other finishes quoted on request. Ordering Information Specify: Guard or Water Shield Model Finish (Standard or other) Sprinkler Thread Size (Model D-4 & 0-5 Only). Installation Type: Kit or Factory Installed (Model 0 and F series only). Wrench: Model J, JD, JV , or GFR2 wrench (See Table B - Model D, E, and F series only). Bulletin 208 Page 12 of 12 September 2019 Reliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com 0p.sTTDCO4 H The best sprinkler pipe in the industry' c®us LISTED APPROVED 1]ONFM JFPAB - BULL IV100SE TUBE COMPANY ull Moose Tube® is a customer focused, 'U growth oriented manufacturer and marketer of tubular products, where success is based on a commitment to meeting the customer's perception of quality. Our strength resides in our people working together to satisfy customers and to promote business growth by achieving superior financial performance. www.BullMooseTube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com 800.325.4467 BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY F- Bull Moose Tube's® "Eddy Pipe®" brand sprinkler pipe is produced to meet sprinkler pipe standards and applications. c®us LISTED ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDY PIPE® FAMILY All pipe products are UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), and have been approved by Factory Mutual. Excellent production and coating capabilities, tighter tolerances, and our unique steel properties make our pipe excellent for roll grooving, welding, threading, and plain end fittings. All products are certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Available in specific cut to order lengths from regular mill rollings. More popular sizes available with coating or bare. Ultra Eddy®, Eddy Flow®, Eddylite®, and Eddythread 40® offer cost savings along with superior hydraulics without compromising service life. Sprinkler pipe inventory stocked in Masur Ohio; Gerald, Missouri; Casa Grande, Arizona; Kent, Washington; and Dallas, Texas. All Bull Moose (black) sprinkler pipe includes our exclusive EDDY GUARD F Il® MIC preventative coating. Bull Moose Tube® sprinkler pipe is FBCTM compatible. PRODUCTS Schedule 10 and Schedule 40: FM approved and UL listed sprinkler pipe. Eddythread 40®: Light threadable Schedule 40 replacement with corrosion resistance ratio of 1.0. Eddylite®: Lightwall threadable with standard outside diameter. Eddy Flow®: Cost effective replacement for Schedule 10. Ultra Eddy®: Lightwall roll groovable pipe. Bull Moose galvanized steel sprinkler pipe is hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. PROTECTION r Eddy Guard Il®: Bull Moose Tube® is producing product that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting Eddy Pipe® product you trust with the bacteria resistance you need. Eddy Guard Il® is NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R system compatible for use in hybrid systems as well as FM approved. All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube® reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. APPROVED C;] * NFS.4 NFPA SCHEDULE 10 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) I.D. (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WATER FILLED WEIGHT BUNDLE SIZE 1 1.315 1.097 15.27 1.41 lbs/ft 1.820 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.442 9.91 1.81 lbs/ft 2.518 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 7.76 2.09 1bs/ft 3.053 61 2 . 2.375 2.157 6.27 2.64 lbs/ft 4.223 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.635 4.92 3.53 lbs/ft 5.893 30 3 3.500 3.260 3.54 4.34 lbs/ft 7.957 19 4 4.500 4.260 2.50 5.62 lbs/ft 11.796 19 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) - CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1-1/4 1.660 1-1/2 1.900 2 2.375 21/2* 2.875 3* 3.500 4* 4.500 *Only available in Casa Grande, AZ **Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing 1.049 1.00 1.68 lbs/ft 2.055 70 1.380 1.00 2.27 1bs/ft 2.918 51 1.610 1.00 2.72 1bs/ft 3.602 44 2.067 1.00 3.66 1bs/ft 5.114 30 2.468 1.00 5.80 lbs/ft 7.875 30 3.068 1.00 7.58 1bs/ft 10.783 19 4.026 1.00 10.80 lbs/ft 16.316 19 Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube® made the decision to have them approved and listed. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 have a pressure rating of 300 PSI and have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipes are hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. c®us LISTED APPROVED i:; 4. ONFSA a NFPA jrn PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. Cis ® For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.buIlmoosetube.com . Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road 0 chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BUU MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 63017 TED APPROVED Approval Details and Limitations, ebsite at www.anvilintl.com or r Anvi16 Sales Representative. <F~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG. 3201 900 Elbow FIGURE 3201 900 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working PressureA In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 500 1.15 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 11/2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 1 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 3450 57.15 0.84 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilinil.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron Fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: 0 Approved Address: E] Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1.15 LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, tour webuite at w.anvilintLcom or tact an Anvil* Sales Representative. QE~~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (~)IAUWIL FIG, 3202 45° Elbow L_•::? FIGURE 3202 - 450 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. WI. Each Working PressureA In. (mm) PS! (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.12 0.46 25 3450 28.44 0,21 14 500 1.29 0.73 32 3450 32.76 0.33 11/2 500 1.43 0.92 40 3450 36.32 0.42 2 500 1.68 1.50 50 3450 42.67 0.68 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASIM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Approved Address:[]Approved as noted Contractor: iJ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 OKE~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (~).AWIL FIG, 3224 Cap rn USIW APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our webs/to at ws.anvilintt.com Or contact an Anvil* Sales Representative. IFIGURE CAP i Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Working PressureA Approx. Wt. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPc) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 1¼ 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.51 0.20 11/2 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 3450 36.83 1 0.41 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than (our turns. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Approved Address:[]Approved as noted Contractor: 0 Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1.15 IE~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (~).AWIL FIG, 3221 Coupling <> LISTED APPROVED For Ustings/Approval Details and Limitations, Visit our website at www.anvilint.com or contact an Anvil Sales Representative. FIGURE cJ.1 COUPLIMIS Nominal Size MaximumDimension A Approx. WI. Each Working PressureA In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) 1k (kg) 1 500 1.61 0.40 25 3450 42.42 0.18 11h 500 1.93 0.51 32 3450 49.02 0,26 11/2 500 2.15 0.75 40 3450 54.61 0.34 2 500 2.53 1.15 50 1 3450 64.26 1 0.52 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest IJL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASIM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: LjApproved Address: 1=1 Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1 .15 SlED APPROVED Approval Details and Umitalions, sebsite at www.anoilintl.com or n Anvil Sales Representative. DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS AIWIL FIG, 3201R Reducing 90 Elbow - B _ 1x2 2 FIGURE 3201R 1REDUCING 90 I :sVY Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A B In. (mm) PS! (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 X 1/ 500. 1.26 1.36 0.44 25x15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x1/4 500 1.31 1.45 0.52 25x20 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 1¼ x /2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32x /5 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 1/i x Y4 500 1.45 1.62 0.12 32x20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 1¼ x 1 500 1.58 1.61 0./5 32x25 3450 40.13 42.41 0,34 1/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40x25 3450 41.9/ 45.72 0,42 1½x 11/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40x32 3450 46,22 47.75 0.49 2 x '/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50x /5 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x Y4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50x20 3450 40.64 50.03 0,56 2 x 1 500 1.13 2.02 1.40 50x25 3450 43.94 51.30 0,64 2x1¼ 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50x32 3450 48.26 53.34 0,70 2 x 11/2 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50x40 3450 51.30 54.86 1 0.75 A - Working Pressure Ratings are For reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/IJIC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B 1 .20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron Fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PR OJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: 0 Approved Address: iJ Approved as noted Contractor: 0 Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1 .15 OE~~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG, 3221R Reducing Coupling USTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at vmw.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil* Sales Representative. [FIGURE c4I: REDUCING Is1u1IJJIlk1[e Nominal Size MaximumDimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working PressureA In. (mm) PSI (kPu) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 X ½ 500 1.69 0.39 25x15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 xY4 500 1.69 0.53 25x20 3450 42.92 0,24 A - Working Pressure Ratings are For reference only and booed on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest ULIULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASIM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT IuIlINFORMATION 1 Project: []Approved Address: U Approved as noted Contractor: iJ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1.15 <E~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (~)AWIL FIG, 3205R Reducing Tee 1 x 2 x 3 c® € USThD APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at ws,anviIinhl.com or aI an Anvil Sales Representative. FIGURE 320bl: REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions I~Wt. pp x' LOt 1 x 2 x 3 PressureA A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 X 1/2 x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25x15x25 1 3450 38.10 34.54 1 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25x20x25 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x ½ 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25x25x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 I x 1 x Y4 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 25x25x20 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 X x 114* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25x25x32 3450 42.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 X x 11/s* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25x25x40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 1¼ x 1 x 14* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32x25x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1¼ x 1 x 1/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32x25x20 3450 36.83 34.80 41.15 0.41 11/4 x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32x25x25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 11/4 x 1 x 1¼ 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32x25x32 1 3450 44.45 42.42 1 44.45 0.49 11/4 x lx 11/2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32x25x40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 11/4 x 11/4 x ½ 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32x32x15 3450 34.04 34.04 38.86 0.39 Dimensions: ASME B 16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B 1 .20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. FIGURE 3205R REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions PPDXj 1 OC 1 x 2 x 3 A B C In. (mm) PS! (kPo) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (rem) lbs. (kg) 1¼ x 1144 x 1/4 32x32x20 500 3450 1.45 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41,15 0.92 0.42 1¼ x 1¼ x 1 32x32x25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 1¼ x 11/4 x 114* 32x32x40 500 3450 1.88 47.75 1.88 47.75 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 A Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/UIC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilinH.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". PROJECT INFO RMATI ON 1'J1WIA1U.1V1lTAI Project: [-]Approved Address: JApproved as noted Contractor: F1 Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1 .15 OqF~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS FIG, 3205R Reducing Tee L 1x2x3 [r11uJ:1*.I..1: - REDUCING II Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions I Approx. I. Each 1 x 2 x 3 PressureA A B ( In. (mm) PS! (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/4 x11/4 x2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.15 32x32x50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 X 1 X 1/2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40x25x15 1 3450 35.81 34.04 1 42.16 0.43 1'/2X 1 x'/4 500 1.52 1.37 1.15 1.14 40x25x20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 X X 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40x25x25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 11/2 x 1 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 40x2502 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 1 '/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40x25x40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 1½x11/4 x'/2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40x32x15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 1½x1'/4x3% 500 1.52 1.45 1.15 1.15 4002x20 3450 38.6/ 36,83 44.45 0.5 11/2 x 1¼ x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40x32x25 3450 41.91 40,13 45.72 0.57 11/2 xl ¼ x 2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40x32x50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 1'/2X1'/2X½ 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40x40x15 3450 35.81 35.81 29.46 0.52 11/2 x 1½ x Y4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40x40x20 3450 38.61 38,61 44.45 0.56 1½ x 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40x40x25 3450 41.91 41.91 45.72 0.59 11/2 x 11/2 x 1¼ 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40x40x32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 FIGURE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions PP 0Xj1 1 x 2 x 3 PressureA A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPc) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/2 x 11/2 x 2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40x 40x50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50x25x50 1 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 X P14 x 2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50x32x50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2x11/2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50x40x15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 11/2 x 3% 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50x40x20 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50x40x25 3450 43.94 4/91 51.31 0.74 2 x 11/2 x 1'/4 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50x40x32 3450 48.26 46.23 53.34 0.82 2 x 11/2 x 11/2 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50X40K40 3450 5/31 49.28 54.86 0.91 2 xl '/2 x 2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50x40x50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2x2x1/2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50x50x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x 3/4 500 1.60 1.60 1.91 1.68 50x50x20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50x50x25 3450 43.94 43.94 5/31 0.84 2 x 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50x50x32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2 x 2 x 11/ 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50x50x40 3450 44.45 42.42 44,45 0.99 A Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as Bull Head Teen. SPF/Dl-1 .15 DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS AIWIL FIG, 3205 Straight Tee USTED APPROVED hugs/Approval Details and Urndatisns, our website at www.anvrlinfl.com or act an Anvil Sales Representative. A-4*--A-1 FIGURE 3205 - II:.&1[c1:Ii ill Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. WI. Each Working PressureA In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 1¼ 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 11/2 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 3450 57.15 1 LII A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on 5th. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilinfl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME Bi 6.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATI ON APPROVAL STAMP I Project: [:]Approved Address: EjApproved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-1 .15 <E~~ DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS (~).JIJWIL FIG, 3388 Cored Plug LJJ FIGURE cI:I: CORED 1 !I.[c Nominal Size MaximumDimension Working PressureA A Approx. WI. Each In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1/2* 500 0.94 0.10 15 3450 23.87 0.05 '/4 500 1.01 0.17 20 3450 27.17 0.08 1 500 1.25 0.28 25 3450 31.75 0.13 1% 500 1.36 0.44 32 3450 34.54 0.20 11/2 500 1.45 0.62 40 3450 36.83 0.28 2 500 1.56 0.91 50 3450 39.62 0.41 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest Ul./ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as solid Plug. USTED APPROVED :or Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil Sates Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. A Pressure- Temperature Ratings in accordance with ASME 816.3 Class 150 NOTICE: Ductile iron Fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP l Project: Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: U Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/Dl-5.16 JLOK Cap FIGURE Nominal D End Approx. Size to End M. Ea. ln./DN(mm) InJmm InJmm lbsjKg 1 1.315 1¼ 0.3 25 1 33.4 32 0.1 1¼ 1.660 11/4 0.4 32 42.2 32 0.2 11/2 1.900 11/4 0.5 40 48.3 32 0.2 2 2.375 1 0.5 50 60.3 25 0.2 21/2 2.875 1 0.7 65 73.0 25 0.3 30.0. 2.996 1 0.8 16.1 76.1 25 0.4 3 3.500 1 1.1 80 88.9 25 0.5 4 4.500 11/8 2.8 700 770 29 7.3 51/2 00 5.500 I/it 4.0 139.1 139.1 29 1.8 5 5.563 11/8 4.0 725 147.3 29 1.8 6/20.0. 6.500 6.0 165.1 165.1 29 2.7 6 6.625 1Vi6 6.0 750 768.3 33 2.7 8 8.625 11/2 12.5 200 279.7 38 5.7 10 10.750 11/2 21.9 250 273.1 38 9.9 12 12.750 11/2 33.8 300 323.9 1 38 1 15.3 ®s <i3> e E~ USTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our webs/ta at esew.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvir Sales Representative. - Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7074. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A- 153 (optional) El Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an Anvil Representative. PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: []Approved Address:[]Approved as noted Contractor: i: Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-4.12 ANVIL Available as a fabricated fitting. -Available galvanized. EtoE EtoE c®us Zj' a USTED APPROVED IT ODD i D2 ift _..j - I For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our websile at veew.anvilint corn or contact co Cast Weld an PP Sales Representative. Concentric Reducer [:L!LOK CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1"- 10" Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12" and above Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: O Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or OHot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-i 53 (optional) DO'her available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series FIGU RE 11:1 REDUCER (GROOVE :I'&GROOVE) Nominal ' o..-i ' OA-2 End to End Approx. Nominal 0Wt. O.D.-2 to EndSize' End to End' Nominal OA-2 'End Ea. Size .D.-1 Ea. oWt. hVDN(nsn) 6x 4 • Size ..-i In1DN(,rin) In1mm In1mm InJmm Lbsjkg InJDN(nsn) In1mm In1mm In1mm Lbs1Kg In1mm In1mm In1mm 1k/Kg 11/4 xi 1.660 1.315 21/2 0.6 4 xi 4.500 1.315 3 2.2 6.625 4.500 4 5.6 32x25 42.2 33.4 64 0.3 100x25 114.3 33,4 76 1.0 150x100 6 x 5 • /68.3 114.3 102 2.5 11/2 x 1.900 1.315 2'/2 0.6 4 xl 1/4 4.500 1.660 3 2.2 6.625 5.563 4 6.0 40x25 48.3 33.4 64 0.3 100x32 114.3 421 76 1,0 150x125 8 x 3 168.3 141.3 102 2.7 11/2 x 11/4 1.900 1.660 2'/2 0.6 4 x 11/2 4.500 1.900 3 2.3 8.625 3.500 5 12.0 4002 48.3 42.2 64 0.3 100x40 /143 48.3 76 1.0 200x80 8 x 4 • 219.1 88.9 127 5.5 2 xi 2.375 1.315 2'/2 0.8 4 x 2 • 4.500 2.375 3 2.4 8.625 4.500 5 9.0 50x25 60.3 33.4 64 0.4 100x50 114.3 60.3 76 1.1 200x100 8 x 5 219.1 114.3 127 4.1 2 x 1½. 2.375 1.660 21/2 1.3 4 x 21/2 • 4.500 2.875 3 2.6 8.625 5.563 5 11.5 50x32 60.3 42.2 64 0.6 100x65 114.3 73.0 76 11 200x125 8 x 6 • 219.1 141.3 127 5.2 2 x 1½. 2.375 1.900 21/2 1.3 4 x 3 • 4.500 3.500 3 3.2 8.625 6.625 5 15.5 50x40 60.3 48,3 64 0.6 100x80 1/4,3 88.9 76 1.5 200x150 10x4 219.1 /68.3 127 7.0 21/2 x 2.875 1.315 21/2 1.0 4 x 31/2 4.500 4.000 3 3.6 10.150 4.500 6 20.0 65x25 73.0 33.4 64 0.5 100x90 /14.3 101.6 76 1.6 250x100 10x5 273.1 114.3 152 9.1 21/2 x 11/4 2.875 1.660 21/2 1.0 5 x 2 5.563 2.375 31/2 4.6 10.150 5.563 6 20.0 6502 73.0 42.2 64 0.5 125x50 /41.3 60.3 89 2.1 250x125 lOx 6 • 273.1 141.3 152 9.1 21/2 x 11/2 2.875 1.900 21/2 1.3 5 x 21/2 5.563 2.815 31/2 4.5 10.150 6.625 6 20.0 65x40 73.0 48.3 64 0.6 125x65 141.3 73.0 89 2.0 250x 150 10 x 8 273.1 168.3 152 9.1 21/2 x 2 • 2.815 2.3/5 21/2 1.6 5 x 3 5.563 3.500 31/2 4.4 10.750 8.625 6 23.9 65x50 73.0 60.3 64 0.7 125x80 /41.3 88.9 89 2.0 250x200 12 x 4 273.1 219.1 152 10.8 3 x 1 3.500 1.315 21/2 1.2 5 x 4 • 5.563 4.500 31/2 4.5 12.150 4.500 7 25.0 80x25 88.9 33.4 64 0.5 125x100 /41.3 114.3 89 2.0 300x100 12 x 6 323.9 714.3 778 71.3 3 xl 1/4 3.500 1.660 21/2 1.3 6 x 6.625 1.315 4 6.8 12.150 6.625 1 29.0 80x32 88.9 42.2 64 0.6 150x25 168.3 33.4 102 3.7 300x150 12 x 8 323.9 /68.3 178 13.2 3 x 11/2 3.500 1.900 21/2 1.3 6 x 11/2 6.625 1.900 4 6.9 12.150 8.625 7 29.0 80x40 88.9 48.3 64 0.6 150x40 168.3 48.3 102 3.1 300x200 12 x 10 323.9 219.1 178 13.2 3 x 2 • 3.500 2.375 21/2 1.4 6 x 2 • 6.625 2.375 4 6.0 12.750 10.750 1 32.4 80x50 88.9 60.3 64 0.6 150x50 /68.3 60.3 102 2,7 300x250 323.9 273.1 178 /4.7 3 x 21/2 • 3.500 2.875 21/2 1.6 6 x 21/2 6.625 2.875 4 6.0 80x65 88.9 73.0 64 0.7 150x65 168.3 73.0 702 2.7 31/2 x 3 4.000 3.500 3 1.8 6 x 3 • 6.625 3.500 4 5.4 90x80 101.6 88.9 76 0.8 Anvil 150x80 /68.3 88.9 102 2.4 Additional sizes available. see Gruviok Cataloa or contact an Reoresentative. - Cost fittings, all others are fabricated steel. PROJECT INFORMATI ON APPROVAL STAMP Project: []Approved Address: JApproved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-4.12 These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. € USTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil* Sales Representative. Available as fabricated fitting. - Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7051. Standard 450 Elbow for Fire Protection MAWIL I.ILOK C to E/' /<•\ FIGURE 7051 * 1 STAINJDARD 45' ELBOW Nominal O.D. Max. Rated Center Approx. Size Pressure to End Wt. En. InJDN(mm) InJmm PSI/bar Injmm LhsJkg 11/4 1.660 300 1/4 0.7 32 1 42.2 20.7 1 44 0.3 11/2 1.900 300 11/4 0.9 40 48.3 20.7 44 0.4 2 2.315 300 2 1.5 50 60.3 20.7 57 0.7 21/2 2.815 300 21/4 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 57 0.9 3 3.500 300 21/2 3.3 80 88.9 20.7 64 7.5 4 4.500 300 3 5.4 100 174.3 20.7 76 2.4 5 5.563 300 31/4 9.0 125 141.3 20.7 83 4.7 6 6.625 300 31/2 11.2 750 768.3 20.7 89 5.7 8 8.625 300 41/4 19.8 200 1 219.1 1 20.7 1 108 1 9.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruviok Catalog or contact on Anvil Representative. CAST FITflNGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 COATINGS: El Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-i 53 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: 0 Approved Address: 0 Approved as noted Contractor: 0 Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-4.112 FIGURE L 7450 90' ELBOW O.D.enter Approx. Nominal Size to End Wt. En. InJDN(mm) In./mm In1mm lbsiKg 2 2.375 21/4 1.1 50 60.3 70 0.8 2'/2 2.875 3 2.6 65 73.0 76 1.2 3 3.500 35/ 35 50 88.9 86 1.6 4 4.500 4 6.5 lOU 114.3 102 3,0 6 6.625 5/2 14.8 ISO 168.3 140 6.7 8 8.625 6% 25.6 200 219.1 1/5 11.6 Additional sizes available, see Gruviok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. Star-FIG. 7450* Short Pattern 900 Elbow Fire Products Division of Anvil International GRUVLOK® FIRE-RITE TM SHORT PATTERN FITTING SYSTEM The Gruviok® FireRiteTM short pattern fitting system incorporates 900 elbows and tees in 2" to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire RiteTM fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides; superior flow capability. FireRiteTM fittings are cast from ASTM A-536 Ductile Iron to Grade 65-45-12. Fire-Rite TM - Light Weight - Heavy Value! to E, - Available galvanized. * When ordering, refer to product as FP7450. APPROVED ror ussung/ Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvibtar.com or contact an Anvil*/AnvilStarrM Solos Representative. CAST FITTINGS Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-i 53 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RA9000 Series 18 8 inch 16 _______ _ TE :E 14 I ._.--•-' ----4inc CL 'CL - 12 - -3inch 10 ---------------- 8 - inch 2 inch r 0 -'r 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ftJsec.) Gruvlok short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. 7450 90 grooved end elbows use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. IPROJECT IIIIINFOR MATION 1 Project: Lj Approved Address: IJ Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 CthF Ctc Ii4JV1i..Star FIG. 7460* Short Pattern Tee Fire Products Division of Anvil International GRUVLOK® FIRE-RITE TM SHORT PATTERN FITTING SYSTEM The Gruviok® FireRiteTM short pattern fitting system incorporates 900 elbows and tees in 2" to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire RiteTM fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides superior flow capability. FireRiteTM fittings are cast from ASTM A-536 Ductile Iron to Grade 65-45-12. Fire-Rite TM - Light Weight - Heavy Value! - Available galvanized 'When ordering, refer to product as FP7460. O.D. MATERIAL E -i-- CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and limitations, visit our website at www.anvilstar.com or contact an Anvilt/AnvilStarlu Sales Representative. [ejul:]E 7460 TE Nominal O.D.enter Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(rnm) InJmm ln./mm 1k/Kg 2 2.375 21/4 2.5 50 60.3 70 1.7 21/2 2.815 3 3.5 65 73.0 76 1.6 3 3.500 3% 4.8 80 88.9 86 2.2 4 4.500 4 8.1 700 1 774.3 102 3.7 6 6.625 5t/t 19.1 750 168.3 140 8.7 8 8.625 6'/t 35.2 200 279.1 175 16.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruviok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series 8 inch ---•6irrch ----4 inch 3 inch --2 1 /2 inch 2inch 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ftJsec.) Gruviok short pattern fittings exceed the heodloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. 7460 Tee branch use 2 /2 times the value shown. For Fig. 7460 Tee run use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. 18 16 a. 14 IL 12 10 8 6 4 0 0 (PR OJECT INFORMATION iJJII1!IA1Is1V1AI Project: J Approved Address: J Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 APPROVED [III For listing/Approval Details and Limitations, DN 50 and DN200 visit our website at www.anviIstar.com or contact sizes are VdS approved. an Anvil8/AnvilStarTM Sales Representative. -Available galvanized. * When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. Star-FIG. 7400* Rigidlite® Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International (~).AWIL The Gruvlok® Figure 7,400 Rigidlite Coupling is specially designed to provide a rigid, locked-in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe. Fast and easy swing-over installation of the rugged lightweight housing produces a secure, rigid pipe joint. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is UL/ULC Listed and FM Ap- proved for fire protection service in both wet and dry systems, with roll grooved or cut grooved steel pipe prepared in accordance with Gruvlok grooving specifica- tions. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling with a Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-i 83 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremelM required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 150°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremerM Lubricant is required. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style Flush Gap (11/4" - 8") PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Ll Approved Address: J Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 ANvtStar- FIG. 7400* Rigidlite® Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvit International FIGURE 100 RIGIDLITE8 COUPLIPJG I Nominal ' Pipe Max. ' Range of Coupling Dimensions Max. Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § ' Approx. Size 0. D. Working Pressure Pipe End End Load Separation X Y 7 Wt. Ea. Qty. Size Mm. Max. InJDN(mm) In.1mm - PSI/b& Lbs./kN -- In./ii -- - In/mm - _Ji./im Ft.-LbsjN-m Lbs/Kg 1/4 1.660 300 649 0hIt 2/t 4% 134 2 %x2'/a 30 45 13 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-3.2 67 121 44 M10x57 40 60 0.6 11/2 1.900 300 851 01/i 2% 4% 134 2 %x2% 30 45 1.4 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-3.2 73 124 44 M10x57 40 60 0.6 2 2.375 300 1,329 Qi/4 3I/ 51/i 1% 2 ½ x 21/4 30 45 1.6 50* 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-3.2 83 140 44 M10x57 40 60 0.7 21/i 2.875 300 1,948 0/8 3It 6 ]3/4 2 /8 x 2/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-3,2 98 152 44 M10x57 40 60 0.9 30.0. 2.996 300 2,115 0-Va 4 5~/B 13'4 2 &8x21/4 30 45 1.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-3.2 102 149 44 M10 ax 57 40 60 0.9 3 3.500 300 2,886 0-1/8 41/2 6/ 1'/4 2 3/ x 23/4 30 45 2.1 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-3.2 114 171 44 M10x70 40 60 1.0 4 4.500 300 4,171 0-1/4 51/8 1% 11/8 2 /8 x 21/4 30 45 3.1 100 114.3 20.7 1 21.22 0-6.4 143 197 48 M10x70 40 60 1.4 5Vi0.0. 5.500 300 7,127 0-V 6114 9V4 2 2 1/2x3 80 lOU 4.5 139.1 139.1 20.1 31.70 0-6.4 171 235 51 M12 x 16 110 150 2.0 5 5.563 300 7,292 0-Va 6/t 91/4 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 4.6 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-6.4 175 235 51 M12x76 110 750 2.1 6½0.0. 6.500 300 9,955 0114 7314 70lys 2 2 /ix3 80 100 5.5 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 06.4 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5 6 6.625 300 10,341 0-I4 77/s 10% 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 5.5 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-6.4 200 264 51 M12x76 110 750 2.5 8 8.625 300 17,528 0-/9 101/4 123/4 2% 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 8.4 200* 1 219.1 1 20.7 77.97 0-3.2 260 324 1 60 - M12x76 110 150 1 3.8 5/09 Note: 7400 Grade "E" EPDM gasket is required For use in copper system. DN 50 and DN 200 sizes are VdS approved. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. WARNING I For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok® XtremetM Lubricant is required. ANitLStar FIG. 7000* Lightweight Flexible Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International The Gruviok® Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is designed for applications where system flexibility is desired. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is approximately 30% lighter in weight than the Figure 7001 Coupling. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling with a Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". c®us APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilstar.com or contact an AnviI/AnvilStar°' Sales Representative. - Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-i 83 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTM required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Pre-Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40'F to 150°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremelM Lubricant is required. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style Flush Gap (1 /4"-8°) PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Li Approved Address: J Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 ,iNVti..Star FIG. 7000* Lightweight Flexible Coupling AWIL Fire Products Division of Anvil international - rn 4''aqim Li1 w AA FIGURE 7000 LIG:I IYA!11[el: I COUPLING Max. ' Range of Deflection From Q. Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts ' Specified Torque § ' Nominal Pipe . Working Max. End Pipe End Approx. Size 0. D. Pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Pipe X Y 7 Qty. Size Mm. Max. Wt. En. !n./DN(mrn) !n./mrn P51/bar Lbs./kN In/mm Degrees In./Ft. In/mm In/mm In/mm In/mm Ft-lbs/N-rn Lbs/Kg 11/4 1.660 600 1,299 O/t 40 19 0.90 21/4 4% 1% 2 3/tx2V4 30 45 1.4 32 42.2 41.4 5.78 0-3.2 75.3 70 111 44 - M 1 x57 40 60 0.6 11/2 1.900 600 1,701 0.1/s 3° 46' 0.19 3 4/It 13/4 2 ¼ x 21/4 30 45 15 40 48.3 41.4 7.57 0-3.2 65.7 76 117 44 1 M10x57 40 60 0.7 2 2.315 600 2,658 O/s 301 0.63 31/2 5½ /3/a 2 %x2¼ 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 41.4 /7.82 0-3.2 52.6 89 140 44 M10x57 40 60 0.8 21/2 2.8/5 600 3,895 0J/8 2° 29' 0.52 4 5/ P/ 2 ¼ x 21/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 41.4 17.33 0-3.2 43.3 102 146 44 M10x51 40 60 0.9 30.0. 2.996 600 4,230 0-Vs 2°23' 0.50 4 6/Is 1'14 2 3/sx2Vs 80 100 2.3 16.1 76.1 41.4 18.82 0-3.2 1 41.6 102 156 44 MiOx 5/ 110 150 1.0 3 3.500 600 5,713 0-1/8 2° 3' 0.43 45/8 61/4 1114 2 ½ x 21/4 80 100 2.9 80 88.9 41.4 25.68 0-3.2 35.8 1/7 171 44 M12x70 110 150 1.3 4¼ 0.0. 4.250 600 8,512 0-¼ 3°22' 0.70 5112 7314 2 2 ½x3 80 100 4.0 108.0 108.0 41.4 3/.86 0.6.4 58.7 140 197 51 M12 16 110 150 1.8 4 4.500 600 9,543 O/4 3° 11' 0.6/ 57/s 81/8 2 2 112 x 3 80 100 4.6 /00 114.3 41.4 42.45 0-6.4 55.5 749 206 57 M12x76 110 150 2.7 5/Is 0.0. 5.236 500 /0,766 QJ/ 2°44' 0.51 6½ 9½ 2 2 /6x3½ 100 130 5.7 133.0 133.0 34.5 41.89 0-6.4 41.1 165 232 51 M16 x 85 135 1/5 2.6 5½ O.D. 5.500 500 11,879 0~ 2° 36' 0.54 6314 93/s 2 2 /Iax3½ 100 130 6 139./ 139.7 34.5 52.84 0-6.4 45.4 171 238 51 M16 x 85 135 1/5 2.7 5 5.563 500 12,153 0-¼ 2° 35' 0.54 7 91/8 2 2 %x3½ 100 130 6.1 125 141.3 34.5 54.06 0-6.4 45.1 175 244 51 M16x55 135 175 2.8 6¼ O.D. 6.259 500 15,384 0-4 2° 77' 0.48 7½ 70318 2 2 3/ x 3½ 100 130 6,7 159.0 159.0 34.5 68.43 0-6.4 39.8 191 264 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.0 6112 0.D. 6.500 500 /6,592 0-¼ 20 /2' 0.46 7314 10'14 2 2 5/ x 3½ /00 130 7.0 165.1 165.1 34.5 73.80 0-6.4 34.8 191 213 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.2 6 6.625 500 1/,236 0-¼ 2° 10' 0.45 8 11 2 2 1/8 x 31/2 100 130 8.1 150 168.3 34,5 16.67 0-6.4 37.8 203 219 51 M16x85 135 175 3.1 8 8.625 500 29,213 0-¼ 1° 40' 0.35 10 13¼ 2% 2 3/4 x 41/2 130 180 14.2 200 1 219.7 1 34.5 1 729.95 1 0-6.4 1 29.1 1 264 1 337 1 60 1 - M20x110 1 175 245 1 6.4 5/09 Not for use in copper system. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. I WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruviok® XfremeTM Lubricant is required. ANvtStar' FIG. 7010 Reducing Coupling AWIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International The Gruviok® Figure 7010 Reducing Coupling makes it possible to directly connect two different pipe sizes, elimi- nating the need for two couplings and a reducing fitting. The specially designed reducing coupling gasket with a center rib assures proper positioning of the gasket and prevents the smaller pipe from telescoping into the larger during assembly. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. Figure 7010 Coupling complete with Grade "E" EPDM Gasket. Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Gasket Center Rib - Available galvanized. APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at wv,wanvihtar.com or contact on Anvil/AnvilStar°' Sales Representative. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval-neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A- 183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremelM required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. IPROJECT IlIIINFORMATION I Project: J Approved Address: lJ Approved as noted Contractor: Lj Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 5/09 Not for use in copper system. See technical data section for coupling data chart notes. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruviok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. A WARNINGj For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruviok® XtremeTM Lubricant is required. ApivtStar FIG. 7010 Reducing Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International 1.5!: FIGURE 701 0 REDUCIPJGI.{.1iJ :111 [c I I ' Max. Range of Deflection From . Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts ' Specified Torque § Nominal Larger Smaller Working Max. End Pipe End Approx. Size O.D. O.D. Pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z Qty- Size Min. Max. Wt. Ea. In/DN(mm) In/mm In/mm PSI/bar Lbs/kN In ./mat Degrees mm/rn In/mm In/mm In/mm In/mm Ft Lbs/Nm Lbs/Kg 2 x 1/2 2.375 1.900 500 2,215 0.1/8 10 53' 0.39 3/t 5/t 1 7/ 2 /2 x 21/4 80 100 2.0 50x40 60.3 48.3 34.5 9.85 0-3.2 32.9 92 /49 48 M12x70 110 150 03 21/2 x 2 2.875 2.375 500 3,246 0.1/8 10 33 0.32 4'/t 6% 1/t 2 1/ X 2/4 80 100 3.5 65x50 73.0 '60.3 34.5 14.44 0-3.2 27.0 108 162 48 M12x70 110 150 1.6 3 x 2 3.500 2.375 500 4,811 0.1/ 10 17 0.27 4/8 7/i 1/t 2 1/2 x 21/4 80 100 4.4 80x50 88.9 60.3 34.5 21.40 0-3.2 22.4 124 181 48 M12x70 /10 150 2.0 3 x 21/2 3.500 2.8/5 500 4,811 0-/t 1117, 0.2/ 4% /1/8 17/o 2 1/2 x 21/4 80 100 4.1 80x65 88.9 73.0 34.5 21.40 0-3.2 22.4 124 181 48 M12x70 110 150 1.9 4 x 2 4.500 2.3/5 500 7,952 0-/6 20 38' 0.55 61/4 8/t 2 2 t/ x 31/2 100 130 8.9 100x50 114.3 60.3 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 M16x85 135 175 4.0 4x2½ 4.500 2.875 500 7,952 0./it 2° 38' 0.55 61/4 8/t 2 2 1/8 x 31/2 100 130 7.9 100x65 114.3 73.0 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 M16x85 135 /75 3.6 4 x 3 4.500 3.500 500 7,952 0./it 2° 38' 0.55 61/4 8/s 2 2 ½ x 31/2 100 130 6.7 100x80 7/4.3 88.9 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 M16x85 135 175 3.0 5 x 4 5.563 4.500 500 12,153 01/4 2° 5' 0.44 71/4 101/8 2/8 2 1/4 x 41/2 130 180 11.4 125x 100 141.3 114.3 34.5 54.06 0-6.4 36.4 184 270 54 M20x /10 175 245 5.2 6 x 4 6.625 4.500 500 1/,236 0-¼ 10 44 0.36 81/4 111/8 21/8 2 1/4 x 41/2 130 180 13.4 150x 100 /68.3 114.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 30.2 210 295 54 A120 110 175 245 6.1 6 x 5 6.625 5.562 500 1/,236 0.1/4 7044 0.36 81/2 11/t 21/8 2 1/4 x 41/2 130 180 13.5 150x125 768.3 141.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 30.2 216 295 54 M20x110 175 245 6.1 fix 6 8.625 6.625 500 29,213 0-¼ 10 15' 0.26 101/2 14 21/4 2 3/4 x4½ 130 180 17.7 200x150 1 219.7 1 /68.3 1 34.5 129.95 1 0-6.4 1 21.8 1 267 1 356 1 57 1 - M20x110 1 175 1 245 1 8.0 j I I1IL'ltl 1 '1U1i ! 111111 :.. 111 1 0 11 FA 0 111 =FITMA I I I! Merit Wèld-Misermt Tee-Lets Welding Branch Outlet Fittings offer the user a high strength, low cost forged thread- ed and grooved line of fittings specifically designed and manufactured to be installed on schedules 5 thru 10, propri- etary thin wall flow pipe and standard wall pipe. Unified DeSIgRTM Series Merit's Unified DesignnA Series carries all important design considerations into its entire line of welding branch outlet fittings. Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Lets are designed and manufactured to reduce the amount of weld required to install the Tee-Lets on thin wall or proprietary flow pipe. Typically only one weld-pass completes the Installation. Merit Tee-Lets Install with less weld volume than any other brand of welding outlet fittings for fire sprinkler appli- cations. To accomplish this: The contoured end of the fittings employs a reducd outside diameter. Two major advantages are immediately apparent: The thinner wall on the contoured end permits welding temperatures to be matched to the thickness of the branch line or main thereby insuring complete penetration without cold welds, weld roll-off, burn-through or excessive distor- tion. On the smaller sizes a heavier section is maintained on the threaded end of the fitting. This protects the threads from damage during shipping and handling prior to installation as well as from weld distortion. Each outlet size 1-1/2" and larger, whether male or female threaded, grooved or beveled requires the same hole size in the header pipe. This simplifies the installa- tion process. ral Specifications Let welding outlet fittings are manufactured from highly weldable steel which conforms to the chemical and physical require- Is of ASTM A-53, Grades A or B, Type E. Ease of installation Is assured when automatic welding equipment Is used to install I Tee-Lets. ads are cut in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B1.20.1, 300 lb. class, national standard for tapered pipe threads. 1:1985 BSPT threads are available. Let threaded and grooved welding outlet fittings are ULJULC Listed, and FM Approved for use in the fire sprinkler systems tiled in accordance with the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 13. They are rated for 300 PSI operation In fire sprinkler systems, higher pressures in other non-critical piping systems. Send for pressure ratings per ASME/ANSI B31. Lets are offered in a wide variety of header sizes. The consolidated header sizes shown in the following charts allow the fit- to be installed on more than one header size, while permitting the first size listed to fit the header perfectly, while a small gap g the longitudinal centerline of the header will appear for the second size listed. Outlet Fittings shall be Merit Weld-MiserTM Tee-Leto, lightweight forged steel, employing low weld volume profile to provide for otration welds with minimum burn-through and pipe distortion on schedules 5 thru 10, proprietary thin wall, and standard wall treads are to be ANSI 131.20.1, tapered 300 lb. class or BS21:1985, and the bore of the fittings calculated to improve flow. outlets to be UL Listed, FM Approved for use conforming to NFPA, Bulletin 13 and pressure rated for 300 PSI maximum. Tee- Merit Manufacturing Corporation, Pottstown, Pennsylvania 19464 U.S.A. to order - Use either of the following methods for ordering Merit€ Weld-MiserrM Tee-Letse. d No. 1 - Specify quantity Method No. 2 - Use the following system: desired followed by the ________ _____- x jyp Merit part number shown in the Quanety Outlet Size Header Size Weight End Tee-Lei ñdimensionsli chart for the type and size of outlet desired. Always cwcler Column Insert size Scti. 10 A-. Female Thread a few more of chart consolidation Standard B — MaleThread than actually from C - Cut Groove QUANTITY PART NUMBER required for Column B' C/R - Rot Groove the lob. of chart I Steel Material 1'!Pe A ofemale Threads M$L + I I I IlL Dimensions & Corresponding Part Numbers In. mini .iU Nornhriol IVonimal Outlet h5 J' Make ,Vciglit .NuM&i? Outlet Header Length Diameter up Each SheA SucK Sire C 5ireD SizeM L6. i4 120QZ 1!4x 1-1/4-8 0.080 ' - Ox 6-200 0.04 1005012 112 1-114- 1-1/2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 13x .: 32-40 21,0 11.8 12.7 0.08 1-1/2-2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 1005015 - • 40-50 21.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 2-2-1/2 1.063 0.700 0.500 0.171 1005020 - 60-65 21.0 17.0 12.7 0.08 1005025 2-1/2-8 1.083 0.700 0.500 0.169 - . - 65.200 21.0 17.8 12.7 0.08 1007012 314 x 1.114-1-1/2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 - 19 x 32.40 28.6 22.9 1 12.7 0.12 1-112-2 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.260 1001015. 40-50 28.6 22.9 12.1 0.12 2 -2-1/2 1.15 0.900 0.500 0.260 50-65 28.6 22.0 12.7 0.12 1001025 2-112-8 1.125 0.900 0.500 0.256 .. 65-200 28.6 22.9 12.7 0.12 -.1010012 lx 1-1/4- 1-1/2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 t9iiii2 25 ii 32-40 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 1-1/2-2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.331 ,.lQgOi5 1i1O5 40-60 31.8 20.1 12.7 0.15 2-2-1/2 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.320 1.Q023 I 2b 50-65 31.8 29.1 12.7 0.15 2-1/2-3 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.314 :io'iob2s IiOO26 65-80 31.8 29.1 12.1 0.14 ..1010030 3-4 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.309 11koö3o 80-100 31.9 29.1 12.7 0.14 'ioióOso 5-8 1.250 1.145 0.500 0.291 15O0so - 125-200 1 31.8 2011 12.7 0.13 1,01.2012 1- 1/4x 1-1/4-1-1/2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0,432 ii1lbi2 32 x 32 .40 34.9 37.9 12.7 .010 1-1l2-2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 1O1,2Q15 i'11O19 40.50 34.0 31.8 12,1 .019 2-2-1/2 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.421 --1ZOZO 1ul1i20 50-65 34.0 31.8 12.7 .019 2-1/2-3 1,375 1.490 0.500 0.411 1012025 65-80 34.9 37.8 12.7 .019 A0112030 3.4 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 Ili ad 0-100 L182 349 37th 12.7 .018 5-8 1.375 1.490 0.500 0.389 1012050 i1i1tsb 5-200 34.9 37.8 12.7 .018 TYPE-A SHOWN ln.lrfliu i Part Numbci 9$p - - rcriiiia NcmInI Ouilt i-isio Make (hilt IIi'ader LeiIqUi Lii.,mci-r up Si'o A Sue B 51zc C Si,u 0 Size M:Il'.! Woght tic 1015015 1-1/2 a 14/2 1.625 1.610 0.815 0.471 1115015 40x 40 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 2 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 1015020 1115020 50 41.3 409 22.2 .022 1015025 2-112 1.625 1.610 0.815 0.477 1115025 65 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 3-4 1.625 1.610 0.815 0.477 1015030 1115030 80-100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 4 1.625 1.610 0.815 0.411 1015040 1115040 100 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 5-8 1.625 1.610 0.875 0.477 1015050 1115050 1- 126-200 41.3 40.9 22.2 .022 1020020 2 a 2 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.857 1120020 50 x 50 44.6 52.5 22.2 0.38 2-1/2 1.750 2.057 0.875 0,829 1020025 1120025 65 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.38 3 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.829 1020030 1120030 80 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.39 1020040 4 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.800 1120040 100 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.36 5 1.750 2.067 0.875 0.743 1020050 1120050 125 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 6 1.750 2.061 0.815 0.743 1020060 1120060 150 44.5 52.5 22.2 0.34 1020080 8 1.750 2.067 0.815 0.743 1120080 200 44.6 52.5 22.2 0.34 1025025 2-112 a 2.1/2 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.260 1125020 65x 05 54.0 62.7 20.6 0.55 3 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.200 1025030 1125030 80 1 54.0 62.7 1 28.6 0.55 1025040 4 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1125040 100 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1025050 5 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1125050 125 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1025060 6 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1125060 150 64.6 82,1 20.6 0.52 1025080 8 2.215 2.469 1.125 1.150 1125080 200 54.0 62.7 28.6 0.52 1025030 3x 3 2.500 3.068 1.500 3.100 - 80x 80 53.5 77.9 38.1 1.41 4 2.500 3.068 1.500 3.100 1025040 - 100 63.5 17.9 30.1 1.41 1025050 5 2.500 3.068 1.500 3.100 - 125 63.5 77.9 38.1 1.412 6 2.500 3.068 1.500 3.100 1025060 - 150 63.5 1 77.9 38.1 1.412 1025080 8 2.500 3.068 1.500 3.100 - 200 63.5 11.9 38.1 1 1.41 1040040 4 a 4 3.000 4.026 2.000 5.000 - 4 a 100 76.2 1 102.3 50.8 2.27 5 3,000 4.026 2.000 5.000 1040050 - 125 76.2 102.3 506 211 1040060 6 3.000 4.026 2.000 5.000 - 150 16.2 102.3 50.8 227 8 3.000 4.026 1 2.000 5.000 1040080 - 200 76.2 102.3 1 50.8 2.27 tiots are manufactured to lit size-on-size, that is the contoured shape on a given Tee-Let is made to fit perfectly on the first listed header size. If installed on the sec- ider Size marked on the titling, a slight gap of approximately 1/32' will appear along the longitudinal centerline of the header. For example, a 1' a 2 - 2-1/2" Tee-Let, is aovtjot fitting manufactured to Ill perfectly on the 2' header size listed, while leaving a 1/32' gap along the longitudinal centerline of the 2-1/2' size. it a perfect fit Is required 1/ header pipe then a 1 a 2-1/2 3 Tee let would be ordered Size consolidations are employed to reduce inventory and provide for greater flexibility. Roll Groove Sch. 10 lWaIIThs I:: Cut Groove Std. Wt. Male Thread Std. Wt. F Threaded Grooved Type C Type B 00 IoU iiI i i1 I11 Iitiiii F I WaD Weight Dimensions Corresponding Part Numbers Nenilnal Nomhial[i 9utlet Ihsi4t o4sice °h 2 2210012 1 a 25 x i114• 1.1/2 32-40 3 80 1.049 26.6 1.315 33.4 0.133 3.4 1.500 30 6 221015 0 2210020 1.1122 3 80 1.049 26.6 1.315 33.4 0.133 619 40-50 1.600 30 Td• std wt J.1 I 'T GrO661 C' h. 10 2-2-1/2 60-65 3 80 1.049 26.6 1.316 33.4 0.133 3.4 1.600 30 2010025 2210025 2.1/2.4 3 1.049 1.315 0.133 1.500 132.5025 2025025 2226025 Z.112x 2.112 3 2.469 2.635 12.0761 0.203 0.12.0 1.600 65 100 ..JQ .1I ia.! .AL. JQ... 2125025 65x 65 80 627 070 762 50 30 30 60 3 1.049 1.316 0.133 1.500 3 3 2.469 2.636 2.875 0203 0120 1.500 ttQo 2010050 2210050 1325030 20250302225030 tS1 l2S-20O 00 26.G 33.4 3.4 30 1325035 2125030 2025040 2225035 80 00 62.7 61.0 76,2 5.0 3.0 30 1.315{2 012012 2212012 1-1/4 x 1114 3 1.368 1,600 0.140 1.500 4 3 2469 2.635 2.876 0203 0.120 1.500 32x 32 80 347 422 36 30 2125040 100 80 621 010 162 50 30 30 1.1/2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1.500 5 3 2.469 2.635 2.815 0.203 0.120 1.500 O12015 22.12016 1325050 2025050 2225050 40 00 34.1 42.2 3.6 30 2125050 ...flL .L .0 76.2 .-- ..19_ _Q_ '012020 2212020 1325060 2025060 2225060 2 -2-1/2 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1.500 8 3 2.469 2.636 2.875 0.2.03 0.120 1.600 50-65 80 341 422 30 30 2125060 175 00 621 870 102 50 30 30 :1j' 012025 2212025 1325080 2025080 2225080 3.4 3 1.368 1.660 0.140 1.500 8 3 2.469 2.636 2.816 0.203 0.1201 1.500 00-100 80 34.7 422 3 6 30 2125080 200 00 62.7 67,0 76.2 5.0 30 30 110 0120S0 2212050 6.8 3 1.380 1.660 0.140 1500 1330025 20300252230025 3x 3 3 3.068 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 125.200 80 34.1 1 42.2 3.6 30 1330030 2030030 2230030 60x 80 00 78.0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 30 l$5*ifi 015015 2215015 11!2x 11/2 3 1610 1.900 0.145 1500 31/2 T 1 ii 0.216i 40 a 40 80 40.9 48.3 3.1 30 85 80 78,0 83.0 1 88.0 5.0 3.0 30 2 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 1.500 4 3 3.069 3.260 3.500 0,216 0.120 1.500 2015020 2215020 1330035 2030036 2230035 50 80 409 4L3 37 30 6.0 3A) 30 1342b 70150252215025 1330050 2030050 2230050 2.112 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 1.500 5 3 3.068 3.260 3,600 0.216 0.120 1.500 66 80 40.9 48.3 3.1 30 ,J.... 00 18.0 iQ. 88.0 5.0 JR. _IL. 016030 2216030 1330060 2030060 2230060 3-4 3 1.610 1.900 0.146 1.600 6 3 3.088 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 80.100 80 409 483 31 30 150 60 10 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 30 6-8 3 1.610 1.900 0.145 1.500 8 3 3.088 3.260 3.500 0.216 0.120 1.500 ;{4 $ Ø15050 2215050 1330080 2030080 2230080 125-200 80 40.9 48.3 3.1 30 200 00 78,0 83.0 88.0 5.0 3.0 30 020020 - 2x 2 3 2.067 2.315 0.154 1.500 1340040 2040Q40 2240040 4x 4 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.231 0.120 1.600 SUit 50 80 55 63 39 30 100it 100 100 0 60 30 30 2620025 - 1340050 2040050 2240050 2.1/2 3 2.061 2.375 0.154 1.600 5 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.231 0.120 1.500 65 80 52.5 60.3 3.9 30 125 100 102.0 106.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 30 - 134005& 204DOOO 2240063 3 3 2.067 2.376 0.154 1.S00 6 4 4.026 4.260 4.500 0.237 0.120 1.600 80 I 8052.6 00.3 3.930 150 100 102.0 108,0 .114.0 6,0 3.0 30 7020040 - 4 3 2.067 2.376 0.154 1,500 1340090 2040080 2240080 8 4 4.028 4.260 4.500 0.231 0.120 1.50 100 80 52.5 60.3 39 200 100 102.0 108.0 114.0 6.0 3.0 30 j0h '2020050 - 5 3 2.067 2.315 0.154 1.500 - 2060060 2260080 Sit 6 4 6.065 8.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 1.500 125 80 52.6 00 3.0 30 j, j 1.A 1!I? ....Li. ...L ..~.. p20060 - - 2060080 2260080 4 6 3 2.087 2.315 0.164 1.500 8.065 6.357 6.625 0.280 0.134 1.60 111 150 60 30 165O30i550L3130j ]E2 7020080 - 8 3 2.061 2.375 0.154 1.500 - 2080080 2280080 4 7.981 8.329 8.625 0.322 0.148 1.50 -'' 2.00 80 52,5 60.3 3.9 30 100 203.0 212.0 213.0 0.0 3.0 30 DISTRIBUTED BY MADE IN U.S.A. MERIT MANUFACTURING CORPORATION 319 Circle of Progress Pottstown Pennsylvania 19464 3811 (610) 327-4000 • Fax (610) 970-9282 Fax Toll Free 800-543-7013 www.merltmfg.com Manufacturing Corporahon CGII4-00 HANGERS AND SWAY BRACING DEWALT oow , uy?owers- SECTION CONTENTS General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................1 Installation Specifications .............. 2 Installation Instructions..................3 Performance Data............................5 Ordering Information ..................... 10 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION POWER-STUD® +SD2 High Performance Wedge Expansion Anchor The Power-Stud+ SD2 anchor is a fully threaded, torque-controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete, Suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The anchor is manufactured with a zinc plated carbon steel body and stainless steel expansion clip for premium performance. : • Structural connections, i.e., beam and column anchorage Utility and safety-related attachments Interior applications /low level corrosion environment Tension zone applications, i.e., cable trays and strut, pipe supports, fire sprinklers c • Seismic and wind loading Medium to heavy duty purposes + Consistent performance in high and low strength concrete CD 0I CA + Nominal drill bit size is the same as the anchor diameter 9-4 + Anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes cc CD + Length ID code and identifying marking stamped on head of each anchor - ® + Anchor design allows for follow-up expansion after setting under tensile loading - Q) APPROVALS AND LISTINGS International Code Council, Evaluation Service CC-ES), ESR-2502 for cracked and uncracked concrete Code Compliant with the 2015, IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC1 93 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11/08 Appendix D Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3033795, 3/8" and 1/2" diameters Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1289 - See listing POWER-S11JD+ SD2 ASSEMBLY THREAD VERSION IJNC threaded stud ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc plated carbon steel body with stainless steel expansion clip, zinc plated carbon steel nut and washer ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYR) 3/8" diameter through 3/4' diameter SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck Grouted-filled concrete masonry (CMU) 'tZè' Err CODE lASTED icc-Es ESR-2502 CONCRETE CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors, 04 05 19.16 - Masonry Anchors and 05 05 09 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Power-Stud+ SD2 as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Anchor component Spciflcation Anchor Body Medium carbon steel Hex nut carbon steel, ASTM A 563, Grade A Washer Carbon Steel, ASTM F 844; meets dimensional requirements of ANSI 1318.22.2. Type A Plain Expansion wedge (clip) Type 316 Stainless Steel Plating (anchor body, nut and washer) Zinc plating according to ASTM B 633, sci Type III (Fe/Zn 5). Minimum plating requirements for Mild Service condition. wwwDEWALTcom i EIIy'?Ners INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation Table for Power-Stud+ S024 Anchor Notation Units Nominal Anch& Size 3/811 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" Set" InfonnalIon Anchor diameter d8 in. 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Minimum diameter of hole dh in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 clearance in fixture (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Nominal drill bit diameter dbu in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI 5/8 ANSI 3/4 ANSI Minimum nominal hm in. 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-7/8 4-7/8 4-1/2 5-3/4 embedment depth' (mm) (60) (64) (95) (98) (124) (114) (146) Effective embedment h in, (mm) 2 (51) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 3-1/4 (83) 4-1/4 (108) 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) Minimum hole depth' h, in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 6-1/4 (mm) (67) (70) (102) (108) (133) (127) (159) Minimum concrete hmin in. 4 4-1/2 6 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2 8 7 10 member thickness (mm) (102) (114) (152) (146) (146) (146) (165) (203) (178) (254) Minimum overall anchor length3 in. (mm) 3 (76.2) 3-3/4 (95) 4-1/2 (114) 4-3/4 (121) 6 (152) 5-1/2 (140) 7 (178) Minimum edge distance' cm, in. 2-1/2 4 2-3/4 4 2-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 5 4-1/2 (mm) (63.5) (102) (70) (102) (70) (108) (108) (127) (114) Minimum spacing distance' Smin in. (mm) 3-1/2 (88.9) 6 (152) 6 (152) 4 (102) 6 (152) 4-1/4 (108) 4-1/4 (108) 6 (152) 6 (152) Critical edge distance' c in. (mm) 6-1/2 (165.1) 8 (203) 10 (254) 8 (203) 153/41 (400) 10 (254) 12 (305) 12 (305) Installation torque TflSt 11.-lb. (N-m) 20 (27) 40 (54) 60 (81) 110 (149) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 35/64 41/64 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. The embedment depth, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. For installations Through the soffit of steel deck into concrete see the installation details in Figure A, B, and C. In addition, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3he or 1.5 times the flute width. The hole diameter in the steel deck must not exceed the hole diameter in the concrete by more than 1/8-inch (3.2 mm). The listed minimum overall anchor length is based on anchor sizes commercially available at the time of publication compared with the requirements to achieve the minimum nominal embedment depth and possible fixture attachment. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-tiled steel deck floor and roof assemblies in accordance with the installation specifications and design information provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in the tables; see Setting information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies table and installation detail D. Anchor Settina Information for Installation on the Ton of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies',' Anchor Propedy! Notation ts .-. 112" Setthig Infonnatlon Nominal drill bit diameter dso in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth' hnom in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) Effective embedment her in. (mm) 2.00 (51) 2.00 (51) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmin,deck in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) Critical edge distance Cac,utap in. (mm) 8 (203) 9 (229) Minimum edge distance Cmm.decK5 in. (mm) 4 (102) 2-3/4 (70) 8p 4 (102) I I )203 Minimum spacing distance Smin,duup in. (mm) 3-1/2 (89) 6 (152) 8 )203) I I (102) Minimum hole depth h in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/20 (64) Installation torque Tin, 11.-lb. )N-m) 20 (27) 40 (54) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. The embedment depth, hno,,,, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies provided the concrete thickness above The upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in this table. Minimum concrete member thickness refers to the concrete thickness above the upper flute flopping thickness). See Installation Detail D. For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths, refer to the installation table for applicable values of hrnin, can and Design capacities shall be based on calculations according to values in Tension and Shear Design Information for Anchors in Concrete tables. 1-800-4 DEWALT © 0 0 0 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Power-Stud+ S02 Anchor Detail DEWALT EIaEu IYPowers- Head Marking Legend Letter Code = Length Identification Mark '+' Symbol = Strength Design Compliant Anchor Number Code 2 = Carbon Steel Body and Stainless Steel Expansion Clip Before After Lennth Identification Mark A B C B E F 0 H I J K L M N 0 P From 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2 5" 5-1/2" 6" 6-1/2 7" 7-1/2" 8" 8-1/2 9" Up to but not including 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2" 6" 6-1/2" 7" 7-1/2" 8" 8-1/2" 9" 9-1/2" Length identification mark indicates overall length of anchor. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ SD2 ;!li ri*ii 511 t_ II Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole Remove dust and debris from the hole Position the washer on the anchor and Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench into the base material to the required during drilling, (e.g. dust extractor, thread on the nut. If installing through by applying the required installation depth. The tolerances of the drill bit hollow bit) or following drilling (e.g. a fixture, drive the anchor through the torque, T,nv. used should meet the requirements of suction, forced air) to extract loose fixture into the hole. Be sure the anchor ANSI Standard B212.15. particles created by drilling, is driven to the minimum required embedment depth, h,. www.DEWALTcom INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Detail A: Power-Stud+ SD2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (see dimensional Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of The steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail A provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail A profiles may be installed with a maximum 1-loch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance maybe increased proportionally for profiles with lower (lute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower (lute edge distance is also satisfied. STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE 01001 STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 P$l( Mm. 3-1/4 4' Clearance Mb. Upper Flute (Valley) : MOLL\ MIn4V2 Anchor (Typ) Mln.4-1/2' Mh12-1/2"(l\fp) MEL Lower Flute 1-1/4 No. 20 Gage Steel Installation Detail B: Power-Stud+ SD2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (see dimensional LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE 0091 STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail B provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Detail B profiles may be installed with a maximum 15/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Min. Lower Rule (Udge)— No.20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge Installation Detail C: Power-Stud+ 5D2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (See Dimensional rrOtile STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEl. DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Mm. 2-1/4 —l' Clearance Mm. tl 4 4 4 4 H v v. v v Sv v v v iJ:4 Anchor (Typ) gyp) 4 /\..,..f 2-1/2' min. Min. Min No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Lower flute Edge Anchors may be placed in the lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail C profiles may be installed with a maximum 1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles With lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 3-1/4-inch and a minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied. Installation Detail 0: Installation Detail for Anchors in the Top of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and ROOt Assemblies (see dimensional Anchors may be placed in the top side of concrete over steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail D provided the minimum concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness( is as illustrated and the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances are satisfied as given in Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies Table. For anchors installed in the top of concrete over steel deck profiles with concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) greater than or equal to the minimum concrete member thicknesses specified in Installation Table for the Power-Stud+ SD2, the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances may he used from this table, as applicable. Min. 2-1/2 (ryo) Lower Rule No. 20 Gage Steel Flute Edge 1-8004 DEWALT PERFORMANCE DATA Ec..r?owers- PERFORMANCE DATA Tension Design Infonnation1'22 FIT-ESS w LJSTEJ)1 ESR-2502 J CharactethUc Notathm NomiNal Anchor Diameter (inch)Design Dib 318 1/2 5/8 3/4 Anchor category 1,20r3 - 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-1417.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1) Minimum specified yield strength (neck) f6 ksi /rn2) 96.0 85.0 (55) 85.0 (5) 70.0 (483) Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (neck) futa ksi 180 106.0 (731) 106.0 (731) 90.0 (620) Effective tensile stress area (neck) A, N in2 (nin 0.0552 0.1007 0.1619 0.2359 Steel strength in tension' N lb 6,625 10,445 13,080 21,230 (kN) (29.4) (46.5) (58.2) (94.4) Reduction factor for steel strength' 4, - 1 0.75 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH MI TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 P.5.2)5 Effective embedment he in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 5.00 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (127) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kjcr - 24 24 24 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k65 - 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete' Vi'c,N - 1.0 See 10 See note 6 10 See note 6 10 See note 6 note 5 Critical edge distance C. 1 in.See Installation Table Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) PUlLOUT STRENGTH MI TENSION (ACI 318-1417.4.3 or ACI 318-11 0.5.3)° Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,775 See 6,615 See See See See uncracked concrete (2,500 psi)7 (kN) (12.3) note 8 (29.4) note 8 note 8 note 8 note 8 Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,165 See 4,375 See See See 7,795 cracked concrete (2,500 psi)7 (kN) (9.6) note 8 (19.5) note 8 note 8 note 8 (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISIW APPLICATIONS (ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 P.5.3.3.3)5 Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi)7'° Np,eq lb 1 1 165 See I note 4,375 1 (19.5) See I note See 1 note See note 8 7,795 1 (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' 4, - 0.65 (Condition B) Uncracked concrete /3 Ibf/in 865,000 717,00 569,000 420,000 Mean axial stiffness values )(N/mm) (151) (126) (100) (74) service load range" ,racked concrete p lbf/in 49,500 57,000 64,500 72,000 Wmm) (9) (10) (11) (13) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the addihonal requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 0.3.3, as applicable, Shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 4i were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. if the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 4i must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 9.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix D, as applicable, requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for the appropriate 4, factor when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used. The Power-Stud+ SD2 is considered a ductile steel element in tension as defined by ACi 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318 Dl, as applicable. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension are based on test results per ACI 355.2 and must be used for design in lieu of calculation. For all design cases use A,a = 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete f<a( or uncracked concrete (ha76,). For all design cases use Vo = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, fA = (pullout strength value from table)*(specified concrete compressive strengtfv/2500). For concrete over steel deck the value of 2500 must be replaced with the value of 3000. For all anchors n = 1/2 with the exception of the 3/8" anchor size for cracked concrete where n = 1/3. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor .2, equal to 0.8A is applied to all values of 'fi c affecting N5 and V. A shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. 10.Tabulated values for charactensfic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. 11, Mean values shown; actual stiffness vanes considerable depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. 12. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel duck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B, C and B. WWW.DEWALTcIm DEWALT EEE.y'1owers PERFORMANCE DATA Shear Design infonnation128 CODE LISTED CC-ES ESR-2502 Nominal Anchor DIameter (Inch) Noin UnHe 318 1/2 5/8 3/4 Anchor category 1,2 or 3 - 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH ii SHEAR (ACI 318-14 17.5.1 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1)' Minimum specified yield strength (threads) f (N/2) (530) (469) (469) (386) Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (threads) futa Effective tensile stress area (threads) A,v in, )rnm2 0.0775 (50.0) 0.1419 (65,7) 0.2260 (104.9) 0.3345 (215( Steel strength in shear' Vsa lb 3,115 4,815 12,610 <N) 10,170 (13.9) (21.4) (45.2) (56.1) Reduction factor for steel strength' - 0.65 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN SHEAR (ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or AtI 318-11 D.6.2)6 Load beating length of anchor in. 2.00 2.00 1 3.25 1 3.25 1 4.25 3.75 5.00 (het or 8d0, whichever is less) 1 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (1 27) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.70 (Condition B) PRYOIJT STRENGTH IN SHEAR (ACt 318-1417.5.3 or ACJ 318-11 D.L3 Coefficient for pryout strength p - 1.0 1.0 2.0 20 20 2.0 2.0 1.0 for h8r<2.5in., 2.Oforhv~2.5in. . . . . Effective Embedment h in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 5.00 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (127) Reduction factor for pullout strength' 0 - 0.70 (Condition B) STEEl. STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR SEISMIC APPUCA1TONS (ACt 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-1102.3.3) Steel Strength in shear, seismic7 Vsa.lb 460 4,815 I I 8,060 I Reduction factor for pullout strength' - 0.65 (Condition B) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 D.3.3 shall apply, as applicable. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.A.A. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, requirements for Condtiion A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, for the appropriate 0 factor when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used. The Power-Stud+ S02 is considered a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 0.1, as applicable. Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.4 and shall be used for design. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor I equal to 0.82. is applied to all values of fP affecting Nn and '17, ).shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. Reported values for steel strength in shear for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.6. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-tilled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B, C and D. 1-800-4 DEWALT PERFORMANCE DATA usomomoiowers I Tension and Shear Design Data for Power-Stud+ 5D2 Anchors F RE LISTED In the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies'.',' ES ESR2502 Nominal Anchor Size (Inch) Design Chara Notation units 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Anchor Category 1, 2 013 - 1 1 1 1 Effective Embedment h in. (mm) 2.00 (51) 2.00 (51) 3.25 (83) 3.25 (83) 4.25 (108) 3.75 (95) M NominalEmbedment D th Minimum omina Depth h nom in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) 3-3/4 (83) 3-7/8 (98) 4-7/8 (124) 4-1/2 (114) Minimum HoleDepthH I h° in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 (mm) (67) (70) (102) (108) (133) (27) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR ANCHORS RI SOFFIT OF SAND LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK' According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 1,855 2,065 3,930 4,665 7,365 4,900 Detail A uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kf' (8.3) (9.2) (17.5) (20.8) (32.8) (21.8) 4-1/2-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deccr lbf 1,445 1,465 2,600 3,305 5,215 3,470 deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck" (kN) (6.4) (6.5) (11.6) (14.7) (23.2) (15.4) According to Characteristic pullout strength, N '°" lbf 2,235 2,785 5,600 4,480 7,265 Not Detail B uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (9.9) (12.4) (24.9) (19.9) (32.3) Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deccr lbf 1,745 1,975 3,695 3,175 5,145 Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deckC' (kN) (7.8) (8.8) (16.4) (14.1) (22.9) Applicable According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 1,600 2,025 Not Not Not Not Detail C uncracked concrete over steel deck2 (kN) (7.1) (9.0) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,oeccr Ibf 1,250 1,435 Not Not Not Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck (5.6) (6.4) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for pullout strength' 1 0 - 0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECKC According to Steel strength in shear, lbf 2,170 3,815 5,040 4,015 6,670 4,325 Detail A concrete over steel deck sa,deck N) (9.7) (17.0) (22.4) (17.9) (29.7) (19.2) 4-1/2-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, Vsudeceq lbf 1,715 3,815 5,040 2,675 4,445 2,820 deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (7.6) (17.0) (22.4) (11.9) (19.8) (12.5) According to Steel strength in shear, vsa, ec k hf 3,040 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not Detail B concrete over steel deck (kN) (13.5) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, Vsa.ecta lbf 2,400 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (10.6) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable According to Steel strength in shear, '150,062k lbf 2,170 2,880 Not Not Not Not Detail C concrete over steel deck <N) (9.7) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Steel strength in shear, seismic, Va62I lbf 1,715 2,880 Not Not Not Not 1-3/4-inch-wide deck flute concrete over steel deck N) (7.6) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for steel strength in shear, - 0.65 concrete over steel deck' For all design cases 1f,r = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 3,000 psi, N=utout strength value from table) * (specified concrete compressive strength/2500)n. For all anchors n=1/2 with exception of the 3/8-inch-diameter anchor size, where n=1/3. Values for Na,eaa are for sand-lightweight concrete )t' ,,, = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 D.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). Values for NP.d.Sa are applicable for seismic loading. Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. Values for V50,di, and are for sand-lightweight concrete )f' e = 3,000 ps and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318 D.6.2, as applicable and the pryout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). All values of 4) were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.301 ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 4) mast be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. Anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute soffit equal to the greater of 3he or 1.5 times the flute width. C-) WWW.DEWALTcOIn PERFORMANCE DATA EIYPOW5rS Factored Design Strength ((N and OVJ Calculated in Accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17: 1 - Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmrn, and with the following conditions: - co is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, cac (table values based on co = cac). - ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times car. 2- Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-18 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, -. - concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and - ..;..;,, ••.,, pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, h, for the selected anchors .- - Cal , as noted in the design information tables Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. - --.. - -- ha - 3 Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 for load combinations Ca2 Condition B is assumed. --' -- '---.' --., - 4 Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables For desions that include combined tension and shear the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nuinixil Anchoir Diameter Col.) Nominal End". I (14 Pc = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi ft = 4,000 psi ft = 6,000 psi ft = 8,000 psI Agi_ TesIon (1bs ar (Nis TsIun flbs $'1ear (Iisj Tsinn flbs ar Ts1on (Ibsj Øhs omn ar Tension flhs (Dis flbs 3/8 2-3/8 1,405 1,685 1,495 1,845 1,645 1,885 2,075 2-1/2 1,565 1,685 1,710 1,845 1,975 2,130 2,420 2,605 2,795 3,010 1/2 3-3/4 2,845 IM 3,115 3,595 4,405 5,085 3-7/8 3,235 4,220 3,545 4,620 4,095 5,335 5,015 6,535 5,790 I 5/8 4-7/8 4,840 I 5,305 6,125 7,500 I 8,660 4-1/2 4,010 7,590 4,395 5,075 6,215 I 71175 3/4 5-3/4 5,065 ________ 5,550 6,410 7,850 9,065 D - Anchor Pullout/Pryout Strength Controls E - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls D - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Uncracked Concrete Minlnium Cooceete Compeassive Strength iiIeaI Aner NO(IIII%5I Embo& f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi I f'c = 4,000 psi I f'c = 6,000 psi I Vc = 8,000 psi I I I h-iVfl I I Tension Shear Diameter cm.) (IL) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shpar Tension I Shear (I) (Ihs (ths I (Ibs) I (ths)I (flisj I (Ihs4 I (Ibs4 I (Ib) (Ib) 3/8 2-3/8 1,805 1,975 2,280 lIIPA 2,795 ElfIj 3,225 2-1/2 2,205 2,375 2,415 2605 ?$1I 5 3,420 3,945 1/2 3-3/4 4,300 I 4,710 5,440 1 6,660 NIIIiU 7,690 3-7/8 __ 4,570 5905 5,005 6,470 5,780 7,080 IU 8,175 5/8 4-7/8 6,835 7,485 I 8,645 4-1/2 ________ 5,665 6,205 7,165 8,775 1u 10,130 3/4 ___ 5-3/4 8,720 9,555 11,030 13,510 15,600 D - Anchor PulloutlPryout Strength Controls D - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls E - Steel Strength Controls Factored design strengths may be converted to allowable loads using an approptate conversion factor, of, for the controlling load combination. See ICC-ES ESR-2502 or contact DEWALT for more information regarding the procedure to convert factored design strengths to allowable loads. 14004 DEWALT DEWALT PERFORMANCE DATA nueninn,y-1owers- Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete 1,2 Nominal NOitiuI Anchor Embed. Nnimorn Concreio - Strength f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psI f'c = 6.000 psi ft = 8,000 psi size b- T,'m,niesc V,w*,,oi,.sn T,,.,o,esn Verew,m,aso T.&,so V.e,,ocaso T,lsD T,ao.,.oe,eso V.o,,asn Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (us.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,005 1,205 1,070 1,320 1,175 1,445 1,345 1,445 1,480 1,445 2-1/2 1,120 1,205 1,220 1,320 1,410 1,520 1,730 1,860 1,995 2,150 1/2 3-3/4 2,030 2,235 2,225 2,235 2,570 1 2,235 3,145 1 2,235 3,630 2,235 3-7/8 2,310 3,015 2,530 3,300 2,925 3,810 3,580 4,670 4,135 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 3,455 4,720 3,790 4,720 4,375 4,720 5,355 4,720 6,185 4,720 4-1/2 2,865 5,420 3,140 5,855 3,625 5,855 4,440 5,855 5,125 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 3,620 5,855 3,965 5,855 4,580 5,855 5,605 5,855 6,475 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1 .2D + 1.6L Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, o(: 1.2(0.5)+1.6(0.5)=1.4. Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud.i. SD2 in Uncracked Concrete' 2 wmmm Consreio - Shth Nominal Niche, size Embed. br- Nominal . ft= 2,500 psi ft= 3,000 pan fc = 4,000 psi ft = 6.000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi T.oe,'sa Tension (lbs.) V,jowoee,vsu Shear (lbs.) T.oe,vso Tension (lbs.) Von,,m,oso Shaw (lbs.) T.ao,,,ael2o Tension (lbs.) VaneweaMso Shear (lbs.) Taneaeacou Tension (lbs.) Vanemnee,nsc Shear (uis.) Tneanaan,oso Tension (lbs.) V.aowaaeAnu Shear (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,290 1,445 1,410 1,445 1,630 1,445 1,995 1,445 2,305 1,445 2-1/2 1,575 1,695 1,725 1,860 1,995 2,145 2,445 2,235 2,820 2,235 1/2 3-3/4 3,070 2,235 3,365 2,235 3,885 2,235 4,755 2,235 5,495 2,235 3-7/8 3,265 4,220 3,575 4,620 4,130 4,720 5,055 4,720 5,840 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 4,880 4,720 5,345 4,720 6,175 4,720 7,005 4,720 7,005 4,720 4-1/2 4,045 5,855 41430 5,855 5,120 5,855 6,270 1 5,855 7,235 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 6,230 1 5,855 1 6,825 5,855 17,880 5,855 1 9,650 1 5,855 11,145 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.20 + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average tor the conversion factor, o: 1.2(0.5)+1.6(0.5)=1.4. Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ SD2 In Grouted Filled Concrete Masonry," Mlninum Masonry Compressive Strength, Nominal Im ' = 1,500 psi (10.4 lWa) Niche, Mb*ntin Installation Mmrw,, ran I rmvwr h 111111inate Allowable Ilkuate Allowable Shia Embethount Depth Location' Load Load Load Load () Tension Tension Shear Shear (mm) lbs. Il's. lbs lbs. rag. (dl) (Ml) (dl) (Ml) 3/8 2-1/2 Wall Face/End 1670 , 335 2,075 415 (9.5) (50.8) Min. 2-1/2" Edge and (7.4) (1.5) (9.2) (1.8) _______ End Distances Face Shell 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mm. 311 Edge and 2,295 460 1,310 260 1/2 (508) End Distances (10.2) (2.0) (5.8) (1.2) Permissible Anchor Locations (12.7) (Un-hatchad Area/Through Face Shell) Top of Wall F Mm. 1-3/4" Edge and 4" 3,320 665 1,140 230 (95,3) Edge Distances (14.8) (3.0) (5.1) (1.0) Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 6-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using and applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 10 or higher may be necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. Anchor installations into grouted masonry walls are limited to one per masonry cell. WWW.DEWALTcOm EJI ,y?owers ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING IN Power-Stud+ S02 (Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel ExPansion Clip) 1-800-4 DEWALT Cat. No. Anchor, StEe Thread Length Box Qty- Carton Qty. WtJ100 (1i.) Suggested ANSI Carbide Dill Bit Cat. No. Felt Head SDS-Pbis SDS-Max Hollow Bit Hollow Bit SM-PlIns SIDS-Plus SIDS-Max 741 3S02 3/8 x 3" 1-3/4 50 300 10 DW5527 DW5427 - - - 7414S02 3/8 x3-1/2" 2-1/4" 50 300 12 0W5527 DW5427 - - - 7415SD2 3/8 x 3-3/4" 2-1/2" 1 50 300 1 13 0W5527 DW5427 - - - 7416SD2 3/8" x 5" 3-3/4" 50 300 16 DW55300 DW5429 - - - 7422SD2 1/2 x3-3/4" 2-1/8" 50 200 23 0W5537 0W5437 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7423SD2 1/2's 4-1/2" 2-7/8" 50 200 28 0W5539 0W5438 0W5803 DWA54012 - 7424SD2 1/2" x5-1/2" 3-7/8" 50 150 32 DW5539 DW5438 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7426SD2 1/2" X 7" 5-3/8" 25 100 44 DW5539 DW5438 0W5803 DWA54012 - 7427S02 1/2" x8-1/2" 6-7/8" 25 100 46 DW5539 DW5439 0W5804 DWA54012 - 7435SD2 5/8" x 4-3/4" 2-7/8" 25 100 52 - 0W5446 DW5806 0WA54058 DWA58058 7433SD2 5/8" x 5" 3-1/8" 25 50 57 - 0W5446 0W5806 DWA54058 DWA58001 7434S02 5/8" x 6" 4-1/8" 25 75 64 - DW5446 0W5806 0WA54058 DWA58001 7436SD2 5/8" s7' 5-1/8" 25 75 72 - 0W5447 0W5806 0WA54058 DWA58001 7438SD2 5/8" x 8-1/2" 6-5/8" 25 75 84 - DW5447 DW5809 0WA54058 DWA58001 7442SD2 3/4" x5-1/2" 3-1/4" 20 60 88 - DW5453 DW5810 DWA54074 0WA58034 74448D2 3/4" x 6-1/4" 4" 20 60 90 - DW5455 DW581 0 DWA54074 0WA58034 7446SD2 3/4" x 7" 4-3/4" 20 60 95 - 0W5455 DW581 0 DWA54074 DWA58034 7448S02 3/4" x8-112" 6-1/4" 10 40 1 95 - 0W5455 0W5812 [)WA54074 0WA58034 The published size includes the diameter and the overall length of the anchor. All anchors are packaged with nuts and washers. A manual hand pump is available (Cat. No. 08280(. Hollow drill bits must be used with a dust extraction vacuum (Cat No. DWO1 2). GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................2 Installation Instructions..................2 Installation Specifications..............2 Reference Data (ASD)......................3 Strength Design (SD).......................4 Ordering Information.......................8 - I BANG-fli. STEEL DECK INSERT Cl + t a ' Cl ANCHOR MATERIALS Carbon Steel and Engineered Plastic ' ROD/ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (IYR) 1/4" to 3/4 threaded rod for 14 C Bang-It Concrete Inserts ca SUFIABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete I.IE) ICODE LISTED I cc-ES_ESR-3657 EPlN By?owerf GENERAL INFORMATION BANG-Ir+ Concrete Inserts Bang-lt+ concrete inserts are specifically designed to provide hangar attachments for mechanical, electrical, plumbing (MEP) and fire protection. Bang-It+ concrete inserts are designed for installation in and through composite steel deck (i.e. "pan-deck") used to support newly poured concrete floors or roof slabs. After installation, the protective sleeve of the insert protrudes below the surface of the deck. The sleeves are color coded by size and allow overhead attachment of steel threaded rod in sizes ranging from 1/4 to 3/4 in diameter, including a 3/8-1/2' multi insert. The sleeve prevents sprayed fireproofing material and acoustical dampening products from clogging the internal threads of the insert. It also prevents burying, masking or losing the insert location. A hex impact plate offers resistance to rotation within the concrete as a steel threaded rod is being installed, Hanging Pipe and Sprinkler Systems • Mechanical Unit Overhead Utilities HVAC Ductwork and Strut Channels • Conduit and Lighting System Suspending Trapeze and Cable Trays • Seismic Loading and Cracked Concrete + Fast and simple to install, low installed cost + Color coded by size for simple identification + Bang-lt+ can be installed in lower flute of steel deck as little as 1.5" topping thickness (see installation details) + Hex head does not rotate when set + Insert design allows for full thread engagement + All sizes suitable for tension and shear loading International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-3657 for concrete - Approved for seismic and wind loading Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Tested in accordance with ASTM E488 and ICC-ES AC446 for use in concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318 (Strength Design method) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1 289, see listing for sizes Also UL listed and recognized for use in air handling spaces (i.e, plenum rated locations) FM Approvals (Factory Mutual) - File No. J.l. 3015153 CSI Divisions: 03 15 19 - Cast-In Concrete Anchors and 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors. Concrete inserts shall be Bang-It+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 1..Rflfl.A flcWIT 0I Attach Step 4 After concrete pour and cure, install threaded steel element (rod/ bolt) into the insert. Trim away plastic sleeve as needed for application and attach fixture as applicable (e.g. seismic brace). Prepare \ Step 3 Step on or impact the insert head to engage. Optionally, base plate of insert can also be screwed to steel deck. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS ENONesIAN sr?owers MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Bana-It+ Anchor Component Component Material Insert Body AISI 1008 Carbon Steel or equivalent Flange AISI 1008 Carbon Steel or equivalent Spring Steel Music Wire Protective Sleeve Engineered Plastic Zinc Plating ASTM B 633 (Fe/Zn5) Mm. Plating requirements for Mild Service Condition Material Prenerties for Threaded Rod I Steel Description I Steel Specification I Rod Diameter I Minimum Yield Strength, I Minimum Ultimate strength, I (TM) I (inch) I iv (ksi) I fu (ksi) I Standard carbon rod I A 36 or 307, Grade C 1/4 to 3/4 36.0 58.0 I High strength carbon rod A 193, Grade B7 1/4 to 3/4 105.0 125.0 I INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Bang-lt+ Create Hole Position Step 1 Step 2 Cut (e.g. dll/ Place the plastic punch) a hole in sleeve of the the steel deck insert through to the hole size hole in steel deck. required by the insert. INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Bang-lt+ Cast-In-Place Inserts for Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies T Plated Thread Siea ThreadS Head I BANG-IT BANG-fl Marking aildng Thread Thread Base I -L Al Baee' 114" 5/8 or 3/4" 1 Internal Internal Plate i Plate SECTION A-A SECTION A-A - Plastic Sleeve Bann-It+ Dimension Nominal Rod/Anchor Size Notation 1/4" 3/0" 3/8" & 1/2" Multi 1/2" 5/8" Metal Hole Saw Diameter (in.) - 13/16 or 7/8 1-3/16 or 1-1/4 Metal Hole Saw Drilling Speed (rpm) - 700-900 700-900 700-900 700-900 500-700 500-700 Steel Head Plate Thickness (in.) 6h 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 Approx. Height of Spring (in.) h5 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 Base Plate Thickness (in.) - 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 Thread Size, [iNC - 1/4-20 3-3/8 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 Approx. Internal Thread Length (in.) - 3/8 5/8 9/16 9/16 11/16 15/16 1-1/8 Approx. Internal Thread Projection - 3/4 throught Deck Soffit, after setting (in.) 3/4 0 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Length of Plastic Sleeve (in.) ed 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 Overall Insert Length (in.) Z 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 5-7/16 NI .....IIrWAIT..m. ENOJIaRD Br?owers REFERENCE DATA (ASD) REFERENCE DATA Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Bang-lt+ Inserts Installed in Sand-Lightweight Concrete or Normal Weight over Steel Dock'.'.' Rod/hisert Nominal Flute fc 3,000 psi Ulthnate Load Allowable Load Diameter Emhedment DepthLOCion Insert Spacing End Dlstanon In In Deck In. 106 Tension Shear Tension Shear UI. His. lbs. His. HIS. Upper 4,450 2,500 1,115 835 1/4 2 6 6 Lower 3,320 2,500 830 625 Upper 5,750 3,350 1,915 1,115 3/8 2 6 6 Lower 3,320 3,350 830 840 Upper 7,110 3,350 2,370 1,115 1/2 2 6 6 Lower 3,320 3,350 830 840 Upper 6 8,810 3,350 2,935 1,115 5/8 2 6 Lower 6 3,960 3,350 990 840 Upper 6 8,810 3,350 2,935 1,115 3/4 2 6 Lower 1 6 3,960 3,350 990 840 Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0 for installations in the upper flute and 4.0 for installations in the lower flute. The allowable working load must be the lesser of the insert capacity or the steel strength of the threaded rod. For 1/4", 3/8' and 1/2' Bang-It Inserts: The allowable tension load for a single insert installed in the upper flute must be adjusted as follows for spacing less than 6 inches. When the insert are spaced 2' center-to-center across the flute the insert tension capacity must be reduced by 40 percent. When the insert are spaced 2" center-to-center along the flute the insert tension capacity must be reduced by 50 percent The allowable tension load for a single insert installed into the lower flute must be adjusted as follows for spacing less than 6 inches. When the insert are spaced 2' center-to-center across the flute the insert tension capacity must be reduced by 30 percent. When the insert are spaced 2' center-to-center along the flute the insert tension capacity must be reduced by 35 percent Sand-Lightweight Concrete or Normal Weight Concrete over Steel Deck (Minimum 3,000 psi) Upper Flute (Valley) , 7 3" Steel \ •i.1 :- / I I• , :• , :-J Deck No. 20 Gage L ' "-pV Sleeve Mm . : Lower Flute (Ridge) Bang-It Insert (lyp) 4-Threaded Rod (ryp) Mm. 1 -I Min. 1' Alinwahie Steel Strenath fnr Threaded Red 0 Anchor Diameter d In. Nominal Area of Rod In. Allowable Tension Allowable Shear ASTM 1136 ASTM 11307 Grade C ASTM A193 Grade 07 ASIM 1136 ASTM *307 Grade C ASTM A193 Grade B7 1/4 0.0491 940 940 2,160 485 485 1,030 3/8 0.1104 2,115 2,115 4,375 1,090 1,090 2,255 1/2 0.1963 3,755 3,755 7,775 1,940 1,940 4,055 5/8 0.3068 5,870 5,870 12,150 3,025 3,025 6,260 3/4 0.4418 8,455 8,455 17,495 4,355 4,355 9,010 Allowable tension = f (,) (0.33); Allowable shear = t (0.17) 1..Rflfl.A I%WAUT STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) nINEE{ED By-?owers- STRENGTH DESIGN Bang-14 Insert Design Information1'23456789 Design bitonnauon Synthol Units 114-Inch 3/84nch 1/24nch 5/8-Inch 3/4-Inch Insert O.D. da o) in. 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 (mm) (18) (18) (18) (25) (25) Insert head net bearing area in' (mm 1.20 (762) 1.20 (762) 1.20 (762) 1.30 (839) 1.30 (839) Effective embedment depth ho 75 75 1.75 1.75 5) Minimum member thickness hmm - See Deck Figures as applicable Minimum spacing and Upper flute 5mm, cmv - See ACI 318 Section 0.8.1 and D.8.2 edge distances Lower flute Sm,n, cmin - See Deck Figures as applicable Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k2 (SI) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete TC,N 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by Np.n lb 10,440 10,440 8,850 11,985 11,985 steel strength (4-1/2" W-Deck, B-Deck, 3-7/8W-Deck) (kN) )46.4) (46.4) (43.5) (53.3) (53.3) Nominal tension strength of single insert in tension as governed by steel N ,2m6d9 lb 10,440 10,440 8,850 11,985 11,985 strength, for seismic loading (4-1/2" W-Deck, B-Deck, 3-7/8" W-Deck) )kN) (46.4) (46.4) (43.5) (53.3) (53.3) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete Vsa,Inserdcck lb 2,280 2,280 2,280 3,075 3,075 on steel deck, (4-1/2" W-Deck) )kN) (10.2) (10.2) (10.2) (13.7) (13.7) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete vsa,nse'txeq lb 2,280 2,280 2,280 2,695 2,695 on steel deck, for seismic loading, (4-1/2" W-Deck) )kN) (10.2) (10.2) (10.2) (12.0) (12.0) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete Vi etdk lb 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,975 2,975 on steel deck, (B-Deck, 3-7/8" W-Deck) (kN) (10.2) (10.2) (10.2) (13.2) (13.2) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in the soffit of concrete lb 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,695 2,695 on steel deck, for seismic loading, (B-Deck, 3-7/8" W-Deck) (kN) (10.2) 1 (10.2) (10.2) (12.0) (12.0) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 inch' = 635 mm', 1 pound = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Concrete must have a compressive strength f'c of 2,500 psi minimum. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0 for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors (0) for the inserts are based on ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 gpvemed by steel strength of the insert are taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear: values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix Care used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 04.4. The concrete tension strength of headed cast-in specialty inserts in concrete filled steel deck assemblies shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0 and Deck Figures. Insert O.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distances for cast-in Bang-4 anchors shall be in accordance with Deck Figures, as applicable, and noted provisions. Only the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the 3/8 & 1/2 inch multi insert must be used for applications resisting shear loads. The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Steel Design Information table for common threaded rod elements. The tabulated insert strength values are applicable to installations in the lower flute or upper flute of the steel deck profiles; see Deck Figures. IlEWAIT... ENNBEDeD ey?owers- STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Bang-lt+ Inserts Installed in Soffit of Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies, 4-1/2 -Inch W-Deck 234 p Sand-lightweight Concrete Or Mm. Thick. / Normal Weight Concrete Over Steel Deck - / (Minimum 2,500 PSI) 4 4 4 4 ; ,0 o ; 0 .-- Min.12 ° (Typ)-.--.---j 0 Max Min. V Min Bang-it 'i;? Lower Flute (Ridge) tipper Flute No. 22 Gauge Mm. Steel Deck Mm.] (Valley) 11/8' Flute Edge1 Bang-It+ Inserts Installed in Soffit of Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies, B-Deck12345'67 Sand-lightweight Concrete Or Normal Weight Concrete Over Stool Deck ' / (Minimum 2,500 PSI) Min.2-1 6 C.C. VV v V V hick Bang-It touort 1-3I4 (Typ) Mm. 3/4,, Bang-ft+ Inserts Installed in Soffit of Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies, 3-7/8 -inch W-Deck 238 Sand-lightweight Concrete Or Win. Thick. / Normal Weight Concrete Over Steel Deck / (Minimum 2,500 PSI) 4.• - 4 :.- 4 .0 • .,.• 0 •i_Min.12"(ryp)-.----- ': Min. Mm. 3-7/8' ] (Typ) (Typ) [J Lower flute (Ridge) No. 22 Gauge Upper Flute Min. 3/4 Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge Inserts may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck assembly. Inserts in the lower flute require a minimum 1.5 of concrete topping thickness (mm. thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Upper flute installations require a minimum 3 topping thickness concrete (mm. thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Axial spacing for Bang-It inserts along the flute length shall be minimum 3h4. Upper flute Bang-It-i- inserts are not subject to steel deck dimension limitations, or the minimum steel deck gauge limitations. Inserts in the lower flute of 4-1/2-inch W-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1-1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 1-1/8 -inch is also satisfied. Inserts in the lower flute of B-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 3/4 -inch is also satisfied. Lower flute installations of B-Deck with flutes widths greater than 1-3/4-inch are permitted. Lower flute installations of B-Deck in flute depths greater than 1-1/2 -inch are permitted provided the minimum edge distance of 3/4 -inch is met and the minimum lower flute width is increased proportionally (e.g. applicable to a lower flute depth of 2-inch with a minimum lower flute width of 2-1/4 -inch). Inserts in the lower flute of 3-7/8-inch W-Deck maybe installed with a maximum 1-3/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. 1..RflILAI%rWAIT Upper Rate (Valley) No. 22 Gauge Steel Dock STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Specifications And Physical Pronerties Of Common Carbon Steel Threaded Rod Elements ENnNEEEU er?owers N1 Mm. Specified Ultimate Mm. Specif Shou ied Yield Fw Elongalion Reduction Related Nut Threaded Rod Specification Units Strength, - chn1 Of Area Specification' 0.2 Percent 0ffse1 F F Percent' Mm. Percent ASTM A36/A36M2 and psi 58,000 36,000 1.61 23 40 AS1MA194/ Fl 5543 Grade 36 (MPa) (400) (248) (50 for A36) A563 Grade A Carbon ASTM F1 554' psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 15 45 Steel Grade 105 (MPa) (862) (724) ASTM A194/ ASTM A193/A193M4 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 16 50 A563 Grade DH Grade B7 (MPa) (860) (720) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi. Inserts may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steels (all-thread) that comply with code reference standards and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series. Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. Based on 2-inch (50 mm) gauge length except ASTM Al 93, which are based on a gauge length of 4d (d). Where nuts are applicable, nuts of other grades and style having specified proof load stress greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Steel Deslan Information For Common Threaded Rod Elements Used With Concrete Inserts1'23'4 6) Design Information Symbol Units 1/44nch 3/8-Inch 1/2-inch 5/8-Inch 3/4-inch Threaded rod nominal outside diameter drm in. 0.250 (6.4) 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 (12.7) 0.750 (mm) 0.625 (15.9) (19.1) Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area A. in2 in 0.032 (21) 0.078 (50) 0.142 (92) 0.226 (146) 0.335 (216) Nominal tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as N ,md,36 lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 governed by steel strength (kN) (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded N °°' lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 rod as governed by steel strength (k1' (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.4) Nominal tension strength of ASTM A193, Gr. 137 threaded N lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 Ns.md,B7.eq lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as V sa,iod.436 lb 1,115 2,715 4,940 7,865 11,660 governed by steel strength (4.9) (12.1) (22.0) (35.0) (51.9) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded Vw,rMAXeq lb 780 1,900 3,460 5,505 8,160 rod as governed by steel strength (kf) (3.5) (8.4) (15.4) (24.5) (36.3) Nominal shear strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 threaded vsajud.97 lb 2,385 5,815 10,640 16,950 25,085 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (10.6) (25.9) (7.3) (75.4) (111.6) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. 137 °'' lb 1,680 4,095 7,455 11,865 17,590 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (7.5) (18.2) (34.2) (52.8) (78.2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in' = 645.2 mm'. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Values provided for steel element material types based on minimum specified strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Eq. (l-2) and Eq. (D-29). ON. shall be the lower of the or N.ioi for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading /5N.65 shall be the lower of the ONm,md.eq or ONahmerteq. f/V= shall be the lower at the or V.,i-n for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading q5V3 shall be the lower of the Ovw,, or 4Vee.eseri,eq. 4. Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3 for steel elements. Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the threaded rod are taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear; values correspond to ductile steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605,2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-110.4.3. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D4.4. 11cWA IT.... muaenea By?owers- STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Bang-it+ Inserts Installed in the Soffit of Uncracked Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies''2'3'4'56 Nominal Andior Diameter Dom hai Minlmwn Concrete Compressive Strength t'c = 3,000 psi Embed.4-1/2" W-De(* B-Deck 3-7/8" W-Deck Upper Flute Lower Ruin Upper Flute Lower Rule Upper Rule Lower Ride )Nn dAte (/)Nn dNA Øn dNn NN (INn )Nn (INn 4)Nn (INn Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) flbs fibs.) &) 1/4 1-3/4 2,665 I 1,340 I 2,265 I 595 I 2,265 I 1,145 I 3/8 1-3/4 2,665 I 1,340 I 2,265 I 595 I 2,265 I 1,145 I 1/2 1-3/4 2,665 I 1,340 I 2,265 I 595 I 2,265 I 1,145 I 5/8 1-3/4 2,665 ; 1,340 g4 2,265 : 595 : 2,265 : 1,145 3/4 1-3/4 2,665 : 1,340 : 2,265 : 595 1145 0- Anchor Pullout/Pryout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Bang-it+ inserts Installed in the Soffit of Cracked Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies' .1,3,4,5,6 Nominal Anchor Diameter Depth "i (hi.) F.Unhnum Concrete Compressive Strength f'c = 3,000 psi Embed.4-1/211 B-Deck 3-7/8" W-Deck Upper Flute Lower Flute Upper flute Lower Flute Upper Flute Lower Flute ONn Vn Olin 00 Olin Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension i"r) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) fibs.) (lbs.) fibs.) fibs.) fibs.) 1/4 1-3/4 1,810 I 1,070 I 1,810 I 475 I 1,810 I 915 I 3/8 1-3/4 1,810 I 1,070 I 1,810 I 475 I 1,810 I 915 I 1/2 1-3/4 1,810 0 1,070 I 1,810 I 475 I 1,810 I 915 I 5/8 1-3/4 1,810 : 1,070 : 1,810 : 475 : 1,810 : 915 3/4 1-3/4 1,810 L 1,070 1,810 : 475 1,810 : 915 0- Anchor Pullout/Pryout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls 1 - Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in sand-lightweight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmin, and with the following conditions: - Cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, cac. - ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cal. Calculations were performed following methodology in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The load level corresponding to the failure mode listed [steel strength of insert Vsa.usart), concrete breakout strength, or pryout strength] must be checked against the tabulated steel strength of the corresponding threaded rod type, V4), the lowest load level controls. Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the insert are taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements.Tabular values are permitted for short-term static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D and information contained in this product supplement. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D. 1..RflILA nzwA IT Bang-lr+ Deck Insert (UNC) CatNo. Description Color Code Pre-Drilled Hole Std. Box Std. Pailet 7540 1/4 Bang-It+ Brown 13/16 or 7/8" 100 4,000 7542 3/8 Bang-It+ Green 13/16" or 7/8 100 4,000 7544 1/2" Bang-ft+ Yellow 13/16" or 7/8" 100 4,000 7546 5/8" Bang-lt+ Red 1-3/16" or 1-1/4" 50 2,400 7548 3/4" Bang-lt+ Purple 1-3/16" or 1-1/4" 50 2,400 7543 3/81/2 Bang-lt+ Multi Insert Gray 13/16" or 7/8" 100 4,000 Inserts are color coded to easily identify location and diameter of the internally threaded coupling. + ORDERING INFORMATION ENONEERED BY?OWerS- Idealization of Concrete Filled Steel Decks for Determination of Concrete Breakout Strength in Accordance with ACI 318 Aeco ANC— ANC V V V V V V c V v Steel Deck ANc Steel Deck [ANco 19 —ANco-- NO NO Bang-it Insert (ryp) Capin - I Threaded Rod (Typ) - Bang-It Insert (lyp) Ca,min Threaded Rod (lyp) Idealization of Standard Steel Deck Profiles Idealization of B Deck Steel Deck Profiles ORDERING INFORMATION BangIte+ Installation Accessories catilo. Descilptlon Std. Box 7560 Bang-It Stand Up Pole tool 1 7562 13/16" carbide Hole Saw for 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" sizes 1 7564 1-3/16" Carbide Hole Saw for 5/8", 3/4" and 7/8" sizes 1 01800141R 7/8" (22mm) Impact Ready® Hole Saw 1 D1 800201R 1-1/4" (32mm) Impact Ready® Hole Saw 1 7566 Extra carbide Hole Saw Center Bit 1 DWA1 7861R 3/16" - 7/8" Impact Ready® Step Drill Bit 1 DWA1 7891R 7/8" - 1-1/8" Impact Ready® Step Drill Bit 1 DCD98OM2 20V Max" Lithium Ion Premium 3-Speed Drill/Driver Kit (4.0 Ah) 1 DWD220 1/2" VSR Pistol Grip Drill With E-Clutch Anti-Lock Control 1 flEWAIT.... GENERAL INFORMATION EHm1EEEn By?owers- GENERAL INFORMATION DDITM+ (DECK INSERT) Threaded Insert for Metal Deck The DDI+ (Deck Insert) is a concrete insert designed for installation in concrete-filled metal deck assemblies (i.e. 'pan-deck", "0-deck") applications. After installation, the threaded male hanger of the insert protrudes below the surface of the deck. The DDI+ comes in sizes ranging from 3/8" to 7/8" in diameter. The threaded bolt offers adjustability for precise height requirements and guarantees the minimum embedment depth. The longer "T" brace enables a variety of installation locations in across the deck. SECTION CONTENTS General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................2 Installation Specifications .............. 2 Installation Instructions..................2 Reference Data (ASD) ...................... 2 Strength Design (SD).......................3 Ordering Information.......................6 Seismic Loading and Cracked Concrete Hanging Pipe and Sprinkler Systems HVAC Ductwork and Strut Channels Suspending Trapeze and Cable Trays Mechanical Unit Overhead Utilities Conduit and Lighting System + Fast and simple to install, low installed cost + Pre-mounted self drilling screws for convenient installation + Fine-tuned thread length for guaranteed minimum embedment + Lengthened "T" brace for more flexible installation positions International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-3958 for concrete. Approved for seismic and wind loading Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. DO 289, see listing for sizes. FM Approvals (Factory Mutual) - File No. J.l. 3059197 ThAfl VFRCIflPJ uNu lflrea AHPUAD MATDIAI C Plain and zinc plated carbon steel ANCHOR SIZE RANGE 3/8" diameter through 7/8" diameter IIFTARI F RAF MATFRIAI uoncrete or llgfltwelgflt concrete over metal deck CSI Divisions: 03 15 19 - Cast-In Concrete Anchors and 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors. Concrete inserts shall be DDI+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. t.Rflfl& flrWA IT MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Anchor Component Component Material Metal Plate ASTM Al 011 Carbon Steel or equivalent (plain) Hex Head Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A (zinc plated) ENONERED sr?owers DDI+ Insert Detail INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Dimension Notation Nominal Anchor Size 3/8" 112" 5/8" 314" 7/8" Typical Drill Bit Diameter for Deck in. 7/16 or 1/2 9/16 or 5/8 11/16 or 3/4 13/16 or 7/8 15/16 or 1 Overall Length of Metal Plate in. 12 12 12 12 12 Approximate Width of Metal Plate in. 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 Approximate Thickness of Metal Plate in. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/8 3/8 Bolt Thread Size (JNC) in. 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 7/8-9 Length of Hex Head Bolt in. 8 8 8 8 8 Effective Embedment Depth in. 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/16 Nominal Embedment Depth in. 1-3/4 2 2-3/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 Approx. Thread Projection (through 3-inch-deep deck) Over Upper Flute in. 6-1/4 6 5-5/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 Over Lower Flute 3-1/4 3 2-5/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 Dimension Size Point Style no Range RPM (Max) Self-Drilling Screw 8-18 #2 1 18 Gage Max 2500 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Cut (e.g. drill/punch) a hole Place the threaded bolt of The metal plate of the in the steel deck to the the insert through the hole i insert must be on the top hole size required by the in the steel deck. ç_- of the deck flutes. The threaded bolt of the insert. = - metal plate can (optionally) I be secured to the deck y using the pre-assembled CY size drilling screws. REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for DDI+ (Deck Insert) Installed in the Soffit of Sand-lightweight or Normal Weight Concrete over Metal Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies'.'-'.' Nonnal-welght or Sand-lightweight concrete, f'c 2 3,000 psi 3-7/8" or 4-1/2" Wide Deck Nominal Nominal Mm. n hIm _________________________ installed Over Upper Flute installed Over Flute Incline installed Over Lower Flute Anchor Embed. Depth Concrete Topping insert End Distance (Jo) Ultimate Load Allowable Load Ultimate Load Allowable Load Ultimate Load Allowable Load Diameter ThIliClieSS Spacing pit) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Has. HIS. HIS. lbs. lb& lbs. lbs. [be. lb& lb& His. His. 3/8 1-3/4 2 4-1/2 9 3,420 1,985 1,140 660 5,230 1,985 1,745 660 5,230 2,610 1,745 870 1/2 2 2-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 4,310 4,205 1,435 1,400 6,235 4,205 2,080 1,400 6,235 5,155 2,080 1,720 5/8 2-3/8 3-1/4 6 12 5,265 6,450 1,755 2,150 8,630 6,450 2,875 2,150 8,630 6,820 2,875 2,275 3/4 2-5/8 3-1/4 6-3/8 12-3/4 5,770 6,450 1,925 2,150 8,630 6,450 2,875 2,150 8,630 6,820 2,875 2,275 7/8 2-5/8 3-1/4 6-3/8 12-3/4 5,770 6,450 1,925 2,150 8,630 6,450 1 2,875 12,150 8,630 6,820 2,875 2,275 Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0 Nominal embedment depth is measured from the bottom of the insert plate to the top of the insert bolt head. Insert spacing and end distances are measured from the centerline of the insert bolt head. Shear loads may be applied in any direction. For inserts installed over the upper flute, if the shear load is parallel to the flute the tabulated allowable load values may be increased by 20 percent (multiplied by 1.2) flgWAIT.... ENOJIERED BYOWers- STRENGTH DESIGN DDI+ Insert Installation Information and Suonlemental Information',' STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) I CODE LISTED ICC-ES ESR-3958 Design infomiatlon Symbol Units 3/8-Inch 1/2-inch 5/84nch Nominal bolt diameter da in. 0.375 0.500 0.625 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) Length of insert bolt EW11 in (mm) 8 (203) 8 (203) 8 (203) Typical drill bit diameter dit in. 7/16 or 1/2 9/16 or 5/8 11/16 or 3/4 Nominal overall length of insert plate £plata in.' 12 (305) 12 (mm2) 12 (305) (305) Nominal width of insert plate Wpiate in.' (mm2) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) Approximate thickness of insert plate 6w in. (mm) 3/16 (4.8) 3/16 (4.8) 3/16 (4.8) Over upper flute hnom (uppernute) in. (mm) Over flute incline hnarniupperinciine in. Minimum nominal 1-3/4 2 2-3/8 embedment depth (mm) (45) (51) (60) Over lower flute hnom xo1h in. (mm) Over upper flute hei wppernute) in. (mm) Over flute incline he iuppewcilnei in. Minimum effective 1.50 1.75 2.00 embedment depth (mm) (38) (45) (51) Over lower flute hef iuotei in. (mm) Over upper flute hmin hpparoutei in. (mm) Minimum concrete 2 2-1/2 3-1/4 in. member thickness Over flute incline hmin iuppencIInei (mm) (51) (64) (83) (topping thickness) Over lower flute hmuwriuta in. (mm) Over upper flute cmin,da apparoulei in. (mm) N/A N/A N/A Over flute incline Cmn,deckiuppincInei in. Minimum flute edge distance (insert bolt) (mm) Over lower flute cmln.deck wertlUtei in. See Figure 3C (mm) See Figure 3C See Figure 3C Over upper flute 5nn iupperllutai in. (mm) Minimum ____________ Over flute incline __ ____________ Smin iuPP8ncIinBi in. (mm) spacing distance (bolt spacing, 4-1/2 (114) 5-1/4 (133) 6 (152) center-to-center) in. Over lower flute Smin Qowerfltitei (mm) Over upper flute cmn (uppernute) in. (mm) Over flute incline cmin (upperinnline) in. Minimum deck end Specified cover requirements for reinforcement in accordance with distance (mm) ACI 318-14 17.7.2 or ACI 318-117.7, as applicable. Over lower flute cnin POW&IIUt2) in. (mm) Effective tensile stress area (insert bolt) Am in.' (mm2) 0.078 (50) 0.142 (92) I 0,226 I (146) Insert head net bearing area Arg in.' (mm) 0.17 (110) 0.28 (181) I 0.45 I (290) Minimum specified ultimate strength futa (N/m psi m2)60,000 (400) Minimum specified yield strength psi (N/mm) 36,000 (248) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lb = 1.356 N-rn The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, For installation detail for inserts in concrete-filled steel deck assemblies, see Figures A, B and c (i.e. over upper flute, over flute incline, over lower flute). 1..2911fl.A l%rWAIT Bineaesi ey?owers STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) FICC!SS ISTED SR-3958 DDI+ Insert Desian Information1'2'3'40'6 Design Information Symbol Units 318-inch 1124nch 5/8-Inch Insert O.D. (nominal bolt diameter) da in. 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 (127) 0.625 (mm) (15.9) Insert head net bearing area Abq in 0.17 (110) 0.45 (mm2) 0.28 (181) (290) Effective tensile stress area Ase in .2 (mm2) 0.078 0.226 0.142 (92) (146) Over upper flute he (upperf lute) in. (mm) Over flute incline he (fluteincline) in. (mm) Effective embedment depth 1.50 (38) 1.75 (45) 2.00 (51) Over lower flute het (lowerflute) in. (mm) Minimum concrete member thickness (topping thickness over upper flute) hmin in. 2.00 2.50 (64) 3.25 (mm) (83) Minimum spacing and edge distance 5m1n, cmin in. See Installation Information Table and Figures A, B (mm) and C Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc - (SI) 24 (10) Modification factor for tensionstrength in uncracked concrete - 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert as Nieu lb According to governed by steel strength ____________ (kN) 4,650 8,520 13,560 Nominal tension strength of single insert as N•'w lb Figures A, B or C (20.7) (37.9) (60.3) governed by steel strength, seismic (kN) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,Inik lb 2,280 4,260 According to Figure A in the soffit of concrete on steel deck (upperf lute) (kN) (10.1) (18.9) 7,245 (over upper flute) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,vdk,w lb 1,825 3,410 (32.2) in the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic (upperf lute) (kN) (8.1) (15.2) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert Vsa,inserideck lb 1,310 3,410 According to Figure B in the soffit of concrete on steel deck (fluteincline) (kN) (5.8) (15.2) 5,240 (over flute incline) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,Insedk,eq lb 1,045 2,860 (23.3) in the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic (fluteincline) (kN) (4.6) (12.7) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,inse4,deck lb 2,280 4,260 According to Figure C in the soffit of concrete on steel deck (lowerflute) (kN) (10.1) (18.9) 5,735 (over lower flute) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,vdk,eq lb 2,015 3,410 (25.5) in the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic (lowerflute)(kN) (9.0) (15.2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.45 N, 1 psi = 0.006895 MIN. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Concrete must have a compressive strength f 'c of 3,000 psi 120.7 MPal minimum. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Concrete breakout strength must also be in accordance with the Idealization of Concrete Filled Steel Decks Figure. Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-145.3 or ACI 318-119.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear; values correspond to ductile steel elements. The value of 4 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-145.3 or ACI 318-119.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. Insert O.D. is the nominal bolt diameter of the insert. Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distances for cast-in headed DDI+ inserts shall be in accordance with the Installation Information Table, Design Information Table, Figures A, B and C and noted provisions. Shear loads for concrete inserts in concrete-filled steel deck assemblies may be applied in any direction (i.e. over upper flute, over flute incline, over lower flute). Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (over lower flute or over flute incline) Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (over upper flute) Idealization of Concrete Filled Steel Decks for Determination of Concrete Breakout Strength in Accordance with ACI 318 11EWAUT.. ElIoNEmm er?owers- STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Tension and Shear Design Strengths for DDI+ Inserts Installed in Uncracked Lightweight Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies' 2,3,4,5,6 6) Insert O.D. (Nominal Bolt Diameter) Depth Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength ft = 3,000 psi Upper Flute (Figure A) Flute Incline (Figure I Lower flute I (Figure Olin Tension I () 4Nfl thvn Tension I Shear I () (') I Olin I I Tension I I ("s) (bVfl Shear (lbs.) 3/8 1-3/4 1,795 1,795 I 1,795 I 1/2 1-3/4 2,265 4sj 2,265 2,765 •i!i______2,765 2,265 5/8 1-3/4 2,765 - I D - Anchor Pullout/Pout Strength Controls U - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for DDl+ Inserts Installed in Cracked Lightweight Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies' .2,1,1,1,1 Strength ft = 3,000 psi Insert O.D. (Nominal Bolt Diameter) Embed. Depth bet Upper Flute (Figure A) flute Incline (Figure B) I Lower flute I (Figure C) fin.) (In.) I JNn I Nn I Nn I blJfl Tension I Sear Shear I Tension I Qi) I ) ) I Q) I (lbs.) 3/8 1-3/4 No 1,435 ij 1,435 1,435 1/2 1-3/4 1,810 UUUI.Jl 1,810 1,810 5/8 1-3/4 2,210 -i I 2,210 l- 2,210 0- Anchor PuIlouUPout Strength Controls 0- Concrete Breakout Strength Controls U - Steel Strength Controls Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in sand-lightweight concrete with minimum member thickness (topping thickness), ha = hmin, and with the following conditions: - For Upper Flute and Flute Incline: Cal is greater than or equal to the crftical edge distance, Cac - For Lower Flute: Cal is equal to the minimum lower flute edge distance Calculations were performed following methodology in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode listed (e.g. For Tension: steel strength, concrete breakout strength, or pullout strength; For Shear: steel strength). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension are calculated using the effective embedment values, het, for the selected anchors as noted in the design information table. Please also reference the installation specifications for additional information. Strength reduction factors (0) for the inserts are based on ACI 318-14 17.3.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 governed by steel strength of the insert are taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear; values correspond to ductile steel elements. Tabular values are permitted for short-term static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths, please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and information contained in this product supplement. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 1..flflfl.A I%EWAUT ORDERING INFORMATION OIONOStIED Br?owers Figure A Figure B DDI+ Concrete Inserts Installed Through the Soffit of Concrete-Filled DDI+ Concrete Inserts Installed Through the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies (Over Upper Flute)','.' Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies (Over Flute Incline)','.' SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MIN. 3,000 PSI) See Design inlemiatlon 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 leepi g ld- SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MIN. 3,000 PSI) See Design Information - 4 . ., 4 . 4 Tepping Thietel050 '. ..., '. •", ' .' n'.''.. V . 'i", V C '. V,•', V isenoesmon '' •, : ,', 4:4,:,., 4, : ,: 4, : 4, : ,', 4,:,', IVfeinnceVI .V ''V. V '.V 'v. V V V V V V V V V V V V ff V r V LUpper Flute 1-3/4" Mm. gyp) — Lower Rule (Ridge) No. 20 Gage Steel Deck MIS. 3-7/8' Steel Deck MIS. Min. gyp) - IOWeTRIJte (Ridge) Figure C DDI+ Concrete Inserts Installed Through the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Floor and Root Assemblies (Over Lower FIute)5 SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MIN. 3,000 PSI) See Design Information ToppIng ,,, ...... ,. V. . ,. ' ' ..1'. ItenDeego InInnatlonI V V V V V V VV V VV V V V V V v V V VV 4 : T tie IVVIL; LLowernute L (Ridge) No.20 Gage See Note Steel Deck Mm. ORDERING INFORMATION Installations require a minimum concrete member topping thickness from the top of the upper flute as given in the Design Information Table. Inserts may be placed on the upper flute of the steel deck assembly; they may be instated anywhere across upper flute as follows: (Figure A) - Placed over the upper flute with threaded bolt installed through the upper flute or; (Figure B) - Placed over the upper flute spanning the lower flute with threaded bolt installed through the inclined section or; (Figure C) - Placed over the upper flute spanning the lower flute with threaded bolt installed through the lower flute. Inserts over the upper flute with threaded bolt installed through the upper flute maybe placed in any location and orientation that meets the minimum deck end distance requirements (see Design Information Table). The minimum deck end distance is measured from deck end to the centedine of the insert bolt Inserts over the upper flute spanning the lower flute with threaded bolt installed through the inclined section may be placed in any location and orientation that meets the minimum deck end distance requirements (see Design Information Table). The minimum deck end distance is measured from deck end to the centerline of the insert bolt. Inserts over the upper flute spanning the lower flute with threaded bolt installed through the lower (lute may be placed in any location that meets the minimum deck end distance and minimum lower flute edge distance requirements. The minimum deck end distance is measured from deck end to the centefine of the insert bolt. For lower flute widths of 3-7/8- inch, a maximum 1-inch centerline bolt offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 15/16 -inch is also satisfied. DDI+ (Deck Insert) Cat. No. Anchor Size Rod/Anchor Wa. Tpical Diameter Box Wy. PFM2511100 3/8 Metal Deck Insert 3/8 7/16 or 1/2 20 PFM2511110 1/2" Metal Deck Insert 1/2' 9/16" or 5/8" 20 PFM2511120 5/8 Metal Deck Insert 5/8 11/16 or 3/4" 20 PFM2511130 3/4" Metal Deck Insert 3/4" 13/16 or 7/8 12 PFM2511140 7/8 Metal Deck Insert 7/8 15/16 or 1 12 Rod Couulinu Nuts - Zinc Cat. No. Description RodI0Anchor Hex Diameter Box Qty. C11111. MY. 030007 3/8-16 x 1/2" x 1-1/8" 3/8" 1/2" 100 1000 030009 1/2"-13 x 5/8" x 1-1/4" 1/2" 5/8" 50 500 030010 5/8-13 x 13/16" x 2-1/8 5/8 13/16 25 250 030011 3/4-13 xix 2-1/4' 3/4" V. 25 250 030012 7/8-13 x 1-1/4" x 2-1/2" 7/8" 1-1/4" 10 100 I22 ftrWAIT.. ?owers Snake+TM STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT FASTENERS Snake + Internally Threaded Screw Anchor The Snake+ anchor is an internally threaded, self-tapping screw anchor designed for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include normal- weight concrete, structural sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The Snake+ screw anchor is installed into a drilled hole with a power tool and a Snake+ setting tool. After installation a steel insert element is threaded into the anchor body. SECTION CONTENTS Page No. General Information....................1 Material Specifications................1 Installation Specifications...........2 Installation Instructions...............3 Performance Data........................4 Ordering Information ..................6 Suspending conduit Cable trays and strut Pipe supports Fire sprinklers Interior applications/low level corrosion environment Tension zone areas Seismic and wind loading applications Suspended lighting Snake+ + Designed for use in holes drilled with standard ANSI carbide drill bits + Anchor design allows for shallow embedment and mechanically interlocks with base material + Internally threaded anchor for easy adjustment and removability of threaded rod or bolt + Fast anchor installation with a powered impact wrench + Hammer not used for installation INTERNAL THREAD VERSION Unified coarse thread (UNC) ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc plated carbon steel body WAPPROVALS 1tIAND ILISTINGS ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-2272 3/8" diameter Code compliant with the 2006 IBC, 2006 IRC, 2003 IBC, 2003 IRC and 1997 UBC SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Tested in accordance with ACt 355.2 and ICC-ES AC 193 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318 (Strength Design method using Appendix D) Normal-weight concrete Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in Structural sand-lightweight concrete cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchor) Concrete over steel deck Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for reliability against brittle failure, e.g. hydrogen embrittlement FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3024502 Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems ,00 , — -1 -1 CSI Divisions: 03151-Concrete Anchoring and 05090-Metal Fastenings. Internally threaded anchors shall be Snake+ as supplied by Powers Fasteners, Inc., Brewster, NY. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Anchor Component Specification Anchor body Case hardened carbon steel Plating Zinc plating according toASTM B 633, SC1,Type III (Fe/Zn 5) Minimum plating requirement for mild Service Condition (e) www.00wers.com Canada: (9051673-7295 or (5141 631-4216 Powers USA: (800' 524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 ?owers. FASTENERS STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT Snake+TM Installation Information for Snake+ Screw Anchor Nominal Anchor Size Anchor Property I Setting Information Notation Units 3/8" Nominal outside anchor diameter d0 in. 1/2 (mm) (12.7) Internal thread diameter (UNC) d in. (mm) 0.375 (9.5) Minimum drill bit diameter dbjt in. 1/2 ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth h in. (mm) (mm) 1-5/8 (41) Effective embedment heí in. (mm) 1.10 (28) Minimum hole depth h0 () (51) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmin in. 4 (mm) (102) Overall anchor length €anch in. (mm) 1-1/4 (32) Minimum edge distance1 Cmjn in. m) (76) 3 (m Minimum spacing distance1 5m1fl in. (mm) 3 (76) Critical edge distance1 Cac in. (mm) 3 (76) Maximum impact wrench power (torque) Tscrew ft-lb. (N-m) 345 (468) Minimum diameter of hole in fixture for insert clearance steel element dh in. 7/16 (mm) (11) (following anchor installation) Maximum tightening torque of steel insert Tmax ft-lb. 8 element (threaded rod or bolt) (N-m) (11) 1. For installations through the soffit of steel deck into concrete, see the installation detail. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from center of the flute. in addition, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width. Dimensional Sketch for Snake+ Screw Anchor Installed with Steel Insert Element - -. .. . I I 74 V '4 VI.. ofloteed Powers USA: (800)524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 Canada: (905) 673-7295 or (514) 631-4216 www.Dowers.com 2 I U + ?owers Snake+TM STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT FASTENERS Installation Instructions for Snake+ Screw Anchor 1.) Using the proper drill bit 2.) Select a powered impact 3.) Drive the anchor into the '4.) iri.eri tnreueu iou or d size, drill a hole into the wrench that does not exceed hole until the shoulder of bolt into the Snake-i-, taking base material to the required the maximum torque, Tscrew, the Snake+ setting tool care not to exceed the depth. The tolerances of the for the selected anchor comes into contact with the maximum specified carbide drill bit used should diameter Attach the Snake+ surface of the base material. tightening torque of the meet the requirements of setting tool supplied by Do not spin the setting tool steel insert element, Tmäx. ANSI Standard 8212.15. Powers Fasteners to the off the anchor to disengage. Minimum thread impact wrench. Mount the engagement should be at anchor onto the setting tool. least one anchor diameter Installation Detail for Snake+ Screw Anchor Installed Through Soffit Steel Deck into Concrete j—STRUCTLIL SAN1J-LTTWEIGff INRZ1t F NFIffiL VUi1T MR 4TL flClC 1KIMI14II 3, PD r CLR. / ,, -: .', :,.- .'..f ,. .4. ,-,• - :,-4 I .. . ., i.. ., I'4 UPPER FLUX IID, -*K A-Lre CF ED GAUEE run I LOTC 04 (e) 3 www.nowers.com Canada: (905) 673-7295 or (514) 631-4216 Powers USA: (800) 524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 ?owers FASTENERS STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT Snake+TM IPERFORMANCE DATA Tension Design Information (For use with load combinations taken from ACI 318 Section 9.2)123 Design Characteristic Notation Units Nominal Anchor Size 3/8" Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 - 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. 1-5/8 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION4 Minimum specified yield strength of steel insert element (threaded rod or bolt) ksi (N/mm2) SAE J429, Grade 2 36 0 (248) ksi (N/mm2) ASTM A193, Grade B7 105.0 (724) Minimum specified ultimate strength of steel insert element (threaded rod or bolt) ksi (N/mm2) SAE J429, Grade 2 58.0 (400) ksi (N/mm2) ASTM Al 93, Grade 87 _____________________________ 125.0 (862) Effective tensile stress area of steel insert element (threaded rod or bolt) A in2 (mm2) 0.0775 (50) Steel strength in tension N lb (kN) SAE J429, Grade 2 4,495 (20.0) lb (kN) ASTMA193,GradeB7 9,685 (43.1) Reduction factor for steel strength3 0 - 0.65 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION8 Effective embedment hef in. (mm) 1.10 (28) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete k,,- 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k0. - 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete5 tPN c, - 1.0 See note 5 Critical edge distance cac in. (mm) 3 (76) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength3 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUTSTRENGTH IN TENSION (NON-SEISMIC APPLICATIONS)8 Characteristic pullout strength, uncracked concrete (2,500 psi)6 lb See note 7 Characteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete (2,500 psi)6 Nper lb (kN) See note 7 Reduction factor for pullout strength3 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS8 Characteristic pullout strength, seismic69 Neq (lb kN) See note 7 Reduction factor for pullout strength3 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK Characteristic pullout strength, uncracked concrete over steel deck10 ' UflCf NP d lb (kN) 1,515 (6.7) Characteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete over steel deckt° Npd ca. lb (kN) 1,075 (4.8) Reduction factor for pullout strength3 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of Section D.3.3 shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix Care used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.5. It is assumed that the threaded rod or bolt used with the Snake+ anchor will be a ductile steel element as defined byACI 318 Section 0.1. However, the anchor steel is classified as non-ductile in seismic tension calculations. Steel failure does not control in this condition. For all design cases use W N= 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (kcr) or uncracked concrete (kuncr). For all design cases use = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, = (Pullout strength value from table)*(spedfled concrete compressive strengthl2500)05. Pullout strength will not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. Anchors are permitted to be used in structural sand-lightweight concrete provided that Nb and Npn are multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck). Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Values for N deck are for structural sand-lightweight concrete (1' mm = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, e'aluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318 Section 0,5.2 is not required for anchors installed in the flute (soffit). (e)) Powers USA: (800) 524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 Canada: (905) 673-7295 or (514) 631-4216 www.Dowers.com ?owers Snake+TM STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT FASTENERS Shear Design Information (For use with load combinations taken from ACI 318 Section 9.2)12.3 Design Characteristic Notation Units Nominal Anchor Size 3/8" Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 - 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. 1-5/8 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR4 Minimum specified yield strength of steel insert element (threaded rod or bolt) ' ksi (N/mm2) SAE J429, Grade 2 36.0 (248) ksi (N/mm2) ASIM A193, Grade B7 105.0 (724) Minimum specified ultimate strength of steel insert element (threaded rod or bolt) ksi (N/mm2) SAE J429, Grade 2 58.0 (400) ksi (N/mm2) ASTM Al 93, Grade B7 125.0 (862) Steel strength in shear V, lb (kN) SAE J429, Grade 2 770 (34) lb (kN) ASTM Al 93, Grade B7 1,655 (7.4) Reduction factor for steel strength3 0 - 0.65 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN SHEAR5 Load bearing length of anchor (hef or 8d0 whichever is less) in. (mm) 1.10 (28) Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength3 0 - 0.70 (Condition B) CONCRETE PRYOUT STRENGTH IN SHEAR5 Coefficient for pryout strength (1.0 for hei< 2.5 in, 2.0 for hef~ 2.5 in.) k - 1.0 Effective embedment he in. (mm) 1.10f (28) Reduction factor for pryout strength3 0 - 0.70 (Condition B) STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS5 Steel strength in shear, seismic6 lb (kN) SAE J429, Grade 2 770 (3.4) lb ASTM A193, Grade B7 1,655 (74) Reduction factor for steel strength in shear for seismic3 0 - 0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK8 Steel strenth in shear, concrete over steel deck' "sa,deck lb (kN) SAE i429, Grade 2 770 (34) lb (kN) ASTM A193, Grade B7 1,655 (4) Reduction factor for steel strength in shear for steel deck3 0 - 0.65 The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D; For anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of Section D.3.3 shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.4.5. It is assumed that the threaded rod or bolt used with the Snake+ anchor will be a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1. Linear interpolation may be used to derive shear values for steel strength of ductile anchor insert elements that have strengths between the minimum specified ultimate steel strengths listed by using the following equations: v= V5 dd = 0.0132f(lmperial; Ibs, psi) or V= V, deck= 0.00853f(Metric; kN, MPa). Anchors are permitted to be used in structural sand-lightweight concrete provided that Vb and V are multiplied by a factor of 0.60 (not required for steel deck). Reported values for steel strength in shear for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.6. Values for V d&k are for structual sand-lightweight concrete (f mm = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318 Section D.6.2 and the pryout capacity in accordance with Section D.6.3 are not required for anchors installed in the flute (soffit). Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. (e) www.00wers.com Canada: (905) 673-7295 or (514) 631-4216 Powers USA: (800) 524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 ?owers FASTENERS STRENGTH DESIGN SUPPLEMENT Snake+TM Tabular values are are provided for illustration and applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmin, and with the following conditions: - cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, c (table values based on Cal = Cac). - Ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 Cal. Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-05 Appendix D. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, hef, for the selected anchors as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318 Section 9.2 for load combinations. Condition B is assumed. Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not permitted with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318 Appendix D. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318 Appendix D. Tension and Shear Factored Design Strength for Snake+ in Cracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength, ft (psi) Nominal Nominal steel Anchor Embed . Insert 2,500 3,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 Size (in.) hnom (in.) Element (Threaded çbN ØV ØN ibV ØN ÔV,, ØN ØV,, bV, Rod or Bolt) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 1-5/8 _____ SAE J429 Grade 2 - 635 700 805 1,140 985 3/8 635 805 870 985 970 1,140 1,065 - 1 5/8 ASTMA193 Grade B7 685 700 750 Tension and Shear Factored Design Strength for Snake+ in Uncracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength, ft (psi) Nominal Nominal Steel 2,500 3,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 Anchor Embed. Insert Element ØN V ØN V, ØN V ØN Size hnom (Threaded (in.) (in.) Red or Bolt) hear Tension ear Tension hear Tension ear (lbs.)(lbs.) (lbs.) V SAEJ429 (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 1-5/8 Grade 2 Tension4ehe Tension 900 985 ______ 1,140 .5III 1,395 1,610 3/8 1 - 5/8 ASTM A193 Grade B7 900 985 1,060 1,140 JJ:I 1,395 js1:i. 1,610 Legend Steel Strength Controls I I Concrete Breakout Strength Controls I I Anchor PulloutlPryout Strength Controls Carbon Steel Snake+ Screw Anchor Cat. No. Anchor Size Nominal Embedment I Internal I Thread Depth Std. Box I Std. Ctn. 640150 3/8" 1-5/8" 11/16" 50 500 Setting Tool for Snake+ Screw Anchor Cat. No. Driver A Anchor Size Std. Box I 64075D 1/2" square 3/8" 1 © 2009 Powers Fasteners, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Snake+ is a Trademark of Powers Fasteners, Inc. For the most Current product information please visit .powers.Com. (e)) Powers USA: (800) 524-3244 or (914) 235-6300 Canada: (905) 673-7295 or (5141631-4216 uvww.Dowers.com E The following excerpt are pages from the North American Product Technical Guide, Volume 2: Anchor Fastening, Edition 19. Please refer to the publication in its entirety for complete details on this product including data development, product specifications, general suitability, installation, corrosion and spacing and edge distance guidelines. US&CA: https://submittals.us.hilti.com/PTGVol2/ To consult directly with a team member regarding our anchor fastening products, contact Hilti's team of technical support specialists between the hours of 7:00am - 6:00pm CST. US: 877-749-6337 or HNATechnicalServices(@-hilti.com CA: 1-800-363-4458, ext. 6 or CATechnicalServices(hilti.com Hilti, Inc. 7250 Dallas Parkway, Suite 1000 Piano, TX 75024 1-800-879-8000 www.hiiti.com Figure 1 - KWIK HUS-EZ I anchor installation details Figure - KWIK HUS-EZ E anchor installation details Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 19 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR PRODUCT DESCRIPTION KWIK HUS EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E carbon steel anchors Features and Benefits Carbon Steel i.L ____KWIK HUS-EZ I OSHA compliant installation options including the Hilti SafeSetTm hollow drill bit technology Easy installation using impact tool or torque wrench Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation Thread design enables quality setting and exceptional load values in wide variety of base material strengths 1/4 diameter available in internally and externally threaded head styles Anchor is fully removable Carbon Steel 1/4" • Anchor diameter is same as drill bit diameter. No special diameter bit requiredt. - • Suitable for reduced edge distances and spacing Suitable for seismic and non-seismic areas __ rr SAFE-ET 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 Uncracked Cracked SafeSet-rm System Prof is Anchor Fire sprinkler concrete concrete with Hollow Drill Bit design software listings Approvals/Listings ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-3027 in concrete per ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 / ACI 355.2/ICC-ES AC1 93 City of Los Angeles City of Los Angeles 2017 LABC Supplement (within ESR-3027) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems for KH-EZ I and KH-EZ E nne FM IS <9> APPROVED INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 1 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E specifications"2 Setting information Symbol - Units Nominal anchor diameter 1/4 3/8 Head style KH-EZ E KH-EZ I Threaded rod diameter in. N/A 1/4 3/8 1/2 Nominal bit diameter dbt in. 1/4 3/8 Nominal embedment h in. 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-1/21 1-5/8 2-1/2 2-1/8 Effective embedment h0, in. 1.18 1.18 1.92 1.18 1.92 1.54 Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2 2 2-7/8 2 2-7/8 2-3/8 Installation torque (ft-lb N-rn) 18 (24) 40 (54) Wrench size in. 1 1/2 3/8 1/2 11/16 1 Tin.is the maximum installation torque that may be applied with a torque wrench. 2 See table 5 and figure 2 of section 3.3.6 for spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness parameters Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR 337 DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The load values contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load tables in this section were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-3027 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-3027 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. Table 2 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E design strength with concrete/ pullout failure in uncracked concrete 1,2,3,1 Tension - Shear - Nominal Nominal I' = 2,500 f' = 3,000 I', = 4,000 IC = 5,000 IC = 6,000 IC = 7,000 IC = 8,000 I' = 2,500 f'c = 3,000 f' = 4,000 f' 6,000 anchor embed. psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (34.5 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (48.3 MPa) (55.2 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (d'J) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb(kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 585 620 675 725 765 800 830 1,075 1,180 1,360 1,670 (41) (2.6) (2.8) (3.0) (3.2) (3.4) (3.6) (3.7) (4.8) (5.2) (6.0) (7.4) 1 / 2-1/2 1,525 1,670 1,930 2,160 2,365 2,555 2,730 2,235 2,450 2,825 3,460 (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (9.6) (10.5) (11.4) (12.1) (9.9) (10.9) (12.6) (15.4) 2-1/8 1,490 1,635 1,885 2,110 2,310 2,495 2,665 1,605 1,760 2,030 2,485 3/8 (54) (6.6) (7.3) (8.4) (9.4) (10.3) (11.1) (11.9) (7.1) (7.8) (9.0) (11.1) Table 3 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Tension - Shear - Nominal Nominal I'. = 2,500 IC = 3,000 I'. = 4,000 IC 5,000 I'. = 6,000 I'. = 7,000 IC = 8,000 I'. = 2,500 I'. = 3,000 f = 4,000 IC = 6,000 anchor embed. psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi diameter depth (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (34.5 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (48.3 MPa) (55.2 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 300 315 345 370 390 410 425 765 835 965 1,180 (41) (1.3) (1.4) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.8) (1.9) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (5.2) 1 / 2-1/2 760 830 960 1,070 1,175 1,270 1,355 1,585 1,735 2,000 2,450 (64) (3.4) (3.7) (4.3) (4.8) (5.2) (5.6) (6.0) (7.1) (7.7) (8.9) (10.9) 2-1/8 1,055 1,155 1,335 1,495 1,635 1,765 1,890 1,135 1,245 1,440 1,760 3/8 (54) (4.7) (5.1) (5.9) (6.7) (7.3) (7.9) (8.4) (5.0) (5.5) (6.4) (7.8) 1 See section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 and 6 as necessary. compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A,, as follows: for sand-lightweight, A. = 0.68; for all-lightweight, AC = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.75 3/8-in diameter by 2-1/8-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See Section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 4- Steel design strength for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E anchors" Nominal anchor Nominal internal Tensile' Shear4 Seismic shear' diameter thread diameter N.,,, 4V,, in. in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1/4-20 3,680 815 365 UNC (16.4) (3.6) (1.6) 1 / 3/8-16 3,680 790 670 UNC (16.4) (3.5) (3.0) 3/8-16 5,990 1,130 1,130 3/8 UNC (26.6) (5.0) (5.0) 1 See section 3.1 .8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tension N,4 = 4A.,Nf,,.,,, as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. 4 Shear determined by static tests with p V. < 0 0.60 A,,,,.,, f,4 as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with 4 0.60 A,,,,5 f,,.,4 as noted in ACI 318 Appendix D. See Section 3.1 .8 for additional information on seismic applications. 338 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 1 3.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 19 Table 5 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in, diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in uncracked concrete12 Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear4 uncracked concrete f fRN lAy I P,V fRy IHV Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.78 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.78 0.42 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.61 0.33 1.00 0.65 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.86 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.88 n/a --- 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a .2. E 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.92 0.98 n/a 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.84 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.97 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 ca 10 (254) 0.89 CL 11 (279) _______ ______ _______ ______ _______ 0.93 _______ ______ _______ ______ _______ 12 (305) 0.97 14 (356) 1.00 Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 1/4-in, diameter Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in cracked concrete'' Edge distance in shear II to and away Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness 1/4-in. KH-EZ in tension factor in tension in shear3 I toward edge from edge factor in shear' cracked concrete fl, 1AV 1RV fRy 'HV Embedment in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 h. (mm) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) (41) (64) 1-1/2 (38) 0.71 0.63 0.88 0.65 0.59 0.56 0.40 0.21 0.80 0.43 n/a n/a 2 (51) 0.78 0.67 1.00 0.77 0.62 0.58 0.62 0.33 1.00 0.66 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.85 0.72 0.90 0.65 0.60 0.87 0.46 0.90 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.68 0.62 1.00 0.60 1.00 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.96 0.78 0.70 0.63 0.68 0.89 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.99 0.80 0.71 0.64 0.76 0.92 n/a 4 (102) 1.00 0.85 0.74 0.66 0.93 0.98 n/a a 4-1/8 (105) 0.86 0.75 0.66 0.97 1.00 0.81 cco 7 4-1/2 (114) 0.89 0.77 0.68 1.00 0.85 5 (127) 0.93 0.80 0.70 0.89 t 5-1/2 (140) 0.98 0.83 0.72 0.93 6 (152) 1.00 0.86 0.74 0.98 7 (178) 0.92 0.78 1 1.00 8 (203) 0.98 0.82 9 (229) 1.00 0.86 10 (254) 0.90 11 (279) 0.94 12 (305) 0.98 14 (356) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f A, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then 1AV = IAN- 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, I assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (Or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of section 3.3.6 to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. II: Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 1 3.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR 339 Table 7 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2'3'4'5'6 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Nominal internal Nominal Tension - Shear - V,, Tension - Shear - anchor thread embed. f',,= 3,000 psif'= 4,000 psif= 3,000 Ps '= 4,000 psif'= 3,000 psif'= 4,000 psif'= 3,000 Psi 4,000 psi diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 545 595 515 515 670 730 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (2.3) (2.3) (3.0) (3.2) (2.7) (2.7) 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 515 515 1,275 1,470 610 610 UNC (64) (5.4) (6.3) (2.3) (2.3) (5.7) (6.5) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 545 595 615 615 670 730 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (2.4) (2.6) (2.7) (2.7) (3.0) (3.2) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 1,220 1,410 615 615 1,275 1,470 915 915 (64) (5.4) (6.3) (2.7) (2.7) (5.7) (6.5) (4.1) (4.1) 1/2-13 2-1/8 1,120 1,295 1,430 1,430 1,730 2,000 2,190 2,190 3/8 UNC (54) (5.0) (5.8) (6.4) (6.4) (7.7) (8.9) (9.7) (9.7) Table 8 - Hifti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck12'3'4'5'6'7'8 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Nominal internal Nominal Tension - cpN Shear - Tension - ON~ Shear - qV 3,000 psi f 4,000 psi f'= 3,000 psi = 4,000 psi f'= 3,000 psi i 4,000 psi f f '= 3,000 psi f'= 4,000 psi1 anchor thread embed. diameter diameter depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-5/8 280 305 610 610 330 360 610 610 1/4-20 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (2.7) (2.7) (1.5) (1.6) (2.7) (2.7) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 610 610 635 735 610 610 ______ (64) (2.7) (3.1) (2.7) (2.7) (2.8) (3.3) (2.7) (2.7) 1/4 1-5/8 280 325 915 915 330 380 915 915 3/8-16 (41) (1.2) (1.4) (4.1) (4.1) (1.5) (1.7) (4.1) (4.1) UNC 2-1/2 605 700 915 915 635 735 915 915 (64) (2.7) (3.1) (4.1) (4.1) (2.8) (3.3) (4.1) (4.1) 1/2-13 2-1/8 795 920 1,430 1,430 1,225 1,415 2,190 2,190 3/8 UNC (54) (3.5) (4.1) (6.4) (6.4) (5.4) (6.3) (9.7) (9.7) 1 See Section 3.1 .8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x horn (nominal embedment). 4 Tabular values are lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular Values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tenison loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by 0NIs = 0.75. 8 For seismic shear, an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.44 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.85 See Section 3.1 .8 for additional information on seismic applications. 340 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 1913.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 19 Figure 2— Installation of Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in soffit of concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Mm. 3/4 Mm. 3,000 psi sand-lightweight o or normal-weight concrete Cl) Upper )3-7/8"l P 9 flute 1-1 ~ 2 (valley) Lower Min. Anchor Flute edge - (typical) flute Min. 12 (typical) (ridge) Min. 1-1/4 - Minimum 20 gauge steel deck 1 Anchors may be placed in the upper or lower flute of the steel deck profile provided the minimum concrete cover above the drilled hole is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. DESIGN INFORMATION IN CONCRETE PER GSA A23.3 Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3-14 Annex D for post-installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACl 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACl 355.4 for adhesive anchors. This section contains the Limit State Design tables with unfactored characteristic loads that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR-3027. These tables are followed by factored resistance tables. The factored resistance tables have characteristic design loads that are prefactored by the applicable reduction factors for a single anchor with no anchor-to-anchor spacing or edge distance adjustments for the convenience of the user of this document. All the figures in the previous ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with GSA A23.3-14 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8. Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at (800) 363-4458 or at www.hilti.com. Table 9 - Steel resistance for Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E 1+1 carbon steel screw anchor"2 Nominal Internal Seismic anchor thread Tensile' Shear4 shear4 diameter diameter N V, in. (UNC) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3,370 750 335 1/4 1/4-20 (15.0) (3.3) (1.5) 3,370 725 620 1/4 3/8-16 (15.0) (3.2) (2.8) 5,515 1,040 1,040 3/8 1/2-13 (24.5) (4.6) (4.6) 1 See Section 3.1.8 of Hilti Product Technical Guide Ed 17 to convert factored resistance value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I carbon steel screw anchors are to be considered brittle steel elements. 3 Tensile N, = A N fut~ R as noted in GSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 4 Shear determined by static shear tests with V <0.6 A0 cp, f Ras noted in GSA A23.3-14 Annex D. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with V, s 0.60 A., c f R as noted in GSA A23.3-14 Annex D. See Section 3.1.8 of Hilti Product Technical Guide Ed17 for additional information on seismic applications. Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR 341 Table 10 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E design information in accordance with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D1 Iii Nominal anchor diameter Design parameter Symbol Units Ref 1/4 3/8 A23.3-14 AnchorO.D. d a in. 0.25 0.375 (mm) (6.4) (9.5) Effective embedment h1 in. 1.18 1.92 1.54 (mm) (30) (49) (39) Minimum nominal embedment2 h nom in. 1-5/8 2-1/2 21/8 (mm) (41) (64) (54) in. 3-1/4 35/8 4-1/8 Minimum concrete thickness h. (mm) (83) (105) (92) in. 2.00 2.78 2.75 Critical edge distance Cac (mm) (51) (71) (70) in. 1.5 2.25 Minimum spacing at critical edge distance Smin,me (mm) (38) (57) in. 1.50 1.5 Minimum edge distance cmn (mm) (38) (38) Minimum anchor spacing at minimum edge distance for s> in. 3.0 3 (mm) (76) (76) in. 2 I 2-7/8 23/8 Mininimum hole depth in concrete h0 (51) (73) (60) psi 125,000 106,975 Minimum specified ultimate strength f.. (N/mm2) (862) (826) in' 0.045 0.086 Effective tensile stress area A seN (mm2) (29.0) (55.5) Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement - 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension, steel failure modes3 R - 0.70 D.5.3 Resistance modification factor for shear, steel failure modes3 R - 0.65 D.5.3 lb 3,370 5,475D.6.1.2 Factored steel resistance in tension Nsar (kN) (15.0) (24.4) lb 750 Factored steel resistance in shear V N/A D.7.1.2 1/4-20 UNC internal thread (kN) (3.3) lb 335 Factored steel resistance in shear, seismic N/A eq (kN) (1.5) lb 725 Factored steel resistance in shear V N/A D.7.1.2 3/8-16 UNC internal thread (kN) (3.2) lb 620 Factored steel resistance in shear, seismic V req N/A (kN) (2.8) lb 1040 Factored steel resistance in shear V 1/2-13 UNC internal thread (kN) N/A (4.6) lb 1040 Factored steel resistance in shear, seismic V r (kN) (4.6) Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, uncracked concrete kcuncr - 10 D.6.2.2 Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, cracked concrete keer - 7 D.6.2.2 Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked conc .4 - 1.0 D.6.2.6 Anchor category - - 1 1 D.5.3 (c) Concrete material resistance factor (P - 0.65 8.4.2 Resistance modification factor for tension and shear, concrete failure R - 0.75 1.00 1.00 D.5.3 (c) modes, Condition B5 lb 665 1,645 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concrete' Npruncr N/A D.6.3.2 (kN) (3.0) (73) lb 340 815 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete' Nprcr N/A D.6.3.2 (kN) (1.5) (3.6) lb 275 815 Factored seismic pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete6 NP, N/A D.6.3.2 eq (kN) (1.2) (3.6) Design information in this table is taken from ICC-ES ESR-3027, dated June, 2018, tables 6, 7, and 8, and converted for use with CSA A23.3-14 Annex D. See figure 1 of this section. The KWIK HUS-EZ I is considered a brittle steel element as defined by CSA A23.3-14 Annex D section D.2. For all design cases, LPI.N = 1.0. The appropriate coefficient for breakout resistance for cracked concrete (k0) or uncracked concrete (kaceor) must be used. For use with the load combinations of CSA A23.3-14 chapter 8. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with CSA A23.3-14 section D.5.3 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the resistance modification factors associated with Condition A may be used. For all design cases, qi = 1.0. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See section 4.1.4 of ESR-3027 for additional information. 342 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 19 Table 11 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ land KWIK HUS-EZ E carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance Iêl with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Tension - N Shear - V f',=20 f' = 25 I =30 f'.=40 Ic = 20 Ic = 25 fe = 30 f'.=40 Nominal Strength Concrete Pullout MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa anchor Effective Nominal Effec- Reduction material Strength (2,900 (3,625 (4,350 (5,800 (2,900 (3,625 (4,350 (5,800 diameter embed. embed. tiveness Factor resistance (2500 psi psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) in. in. (mm) I in. (mm) Factor Tension factor concrete) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1.18 1-5/8 1305 665 710 750 820 805 900 985 1,135 10 0.75 0.65 (30) (41) (5.8) (3.0) (3.2) (3.3) (3.6) (3.6) (4.0) (4.4) (5.1) 1/4 1.92 2-1/2 2350 1,645 1,840 2,015 2,325 2,225 2,490 2,725 3,145 10 1 0.65 (49) (64) (10.5) (7.3) (8.2) (9.0) (10.3) (9.9) (11.1) (12.1) (14.0) 1.54 2-1/8 1,595 1,785 1,955 2,260 1,595 1,785 1,955 2,260 3/8 10 1 0.65 N/A (39) (54) (7.1) (7.9) (8.7) (10.0) (7.1) (7.9) (8.7) (10.0) Table 12 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E carbon steel screw anchor factored resistance 1+1 with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concretelZ345 Tension - N Shear - Vr Pc = 20 f =25 Ic = 30 Pc = 40 f' =20 Ic = 25 Pc = 30 f =40 Nominal Strength Concrete Pullout MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa anchor Effective Nominal Effec- Reduction material Strength (2,900 (3,625 (4,350 (5,800 (2,900 (3,625 (4,350 (5,800 diameter embed. embed. tiveness Factor resistance (2500 psi psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Factor Tension factor concrete) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) da in h0f hno,e k R Np=,cr 20 25 30 40 20 25 30 40 (mm) (mm) (mm) Cr C (N/mm2) 1.18 1-5/8 665 340 360 385 415 565 630 690 795 7 0.75 0.65 (30) (41) (3.0) (1.5) (1.6) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) (2.8) (3.1) (3.5) 1 / 1.92 2-1/2 1165 815 910 1,000 1,155 1,800 1,740 1,910 2,205 7 1 0.65 (49) (64) (5.2) (3.6) j (4.1) (4.4) (5.1) (8.0) (7.7) (8.5) (9.8) 1.54 2-1/8 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,580 1,120 1,250 1,370 1,580 3/8 7 1 0.65 N/A (39) (54) (5.0) (5.6) (6.1) (7.0) (5.0) (5.6) (6.1) (7.0) 1 See section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 5 to 6 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 9. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand-lightweight, Aa = 0.68; for all-lightweight, A, = 0.60 5 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/4-in diameter by 1-5/8-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.60 1/4-in diameter by 2-1/2-in nominal embedment depth - = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See section 3.1.8 for additional information on seismic applications. 19 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 19 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS I 3.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ I AND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR 343 Table 13 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete 1+1 over metal deck1'2'3'4'5'6'7 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Nominal internal Nominal Tension - N Shear -Vr Tension - N Shear - Vr anchor thread embed. I' = 20 MPa I = 30 MPa I = 20 MPa f, = 30 MPa f'c = 20 MPa f = 30 MPa I 20 MPa I = 30 MPa diameter diameter depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. in. (mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 1/4-20 (41) (2.6) (2.9) 475 475 (3.2) (3.6) 560 560 1/4 UNC (2.1) (2.1) (2.5) (2.5) rl4;2 1,200 1,470 1,255 1,535 (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) 1-5/8 585 660 720 810 3/8-16 (41) (2.6) (2.9) 565 565 (3.2) (3.6) 845 845 1/4 UNC (2.5) (2.5) (3.8) (3.8) 2-1/2 1,200 1,470 1,255 1,535 (64) (5.3) (6.5) (5.6) (6.8) 1/2-13 2-1/8 1,100 1,345 1,315 1,315 1,700 2,080 2,015 2,015 3/8 UNC (54) (4.9) (6.0) (5.8) (5.8) (7.6) (9.3) (9.0) (9.0) Table 14 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck'56'7'8 Installation in lower flute Installation in upper flute Nominal Nominal internal Nominal Tension - N Shear - Vr Tension - N Shear - Vr f'c = 20 MPa 30 MPa f' = 20 MPa f = 30 MPa f = 20 MPa f'c = 30 MPa I = 20 MPa f Ic = 30 MPa1 anchor thread embed. 'diameter diameter depth (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) (2,900 psi) (4,350 psi) in. in. in. (mm) kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 1/4-20 (41) (1.3) (1.5) 475 475 (1.6) (1.8) 560 560 1/4 UNC (2.1) (2.1) (2.5) (2.5) 2-1/2 595 730 625 765 (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1-5/8 300 340 365 415 3/8-16 (41) (1.3) (1.5) 565 565 (1.6) (1.8) 845 845 1/4 / UNC (2.5) (2.5) (3.8) (3.8) 2-1/2 595 730 625 765 (64) (2.6) (3.2) (2.8) (3.4) 1/2-13 2-1/8 780 955 1,440 1,440 11305 1,595 2,210 2,210 3/8 UNC (54) (3.5) (4.2) (6.4) (6.4) (5.8) (7.1) (9.8) (9.8) 1 See Section 3.1.8 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 6 3/8 inches. 4 Tabular value is for lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison of the tabular values to the steel strength is not necessary. Tabular values control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic conditions = 0.75 8 For seismic shear, an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic conditions: a, = 0.85 See Section 3.1 .8 for additional information on seismic applications. ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN FOR FM SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Table 15 - Hilti KWIK HUS-EZ I and KWIK HUS-EZ E tested load values for FM approval for automatic sprinkler systems' Anchor diamenter in. Hanger rod size Nominal embedment in. FM tension test load lb. FM maximum pipe diameter in. 1/4 3/8-16 UNC 1-5/8 1,475 2-1/2 4 3/8 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/8 3,800 8 1 Tested in accordance with FM Approval Standard for Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinklers Systems Class Numbers 1951, 1952 and 1953. 344 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 1913.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.7 KWIK HUS-EZ lAND KWIK HUS-EZ E CARBON STEEL SCREW ANCHOR Fig. 200S Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONF) ®TOLCO Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) (ij Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFC) LISTED CtjUS Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut FM Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. Fig. 200-2/2 to 200-8 Fig. 200 Fig. 200C Fig. 200F Part No. 200-1/2 Pipe 1/2" Size (15) Rod Size /8°-16 31/8" A (79.4) in.in.I. 25/8" B (66.7) Approx. Wt./100 l) ii (5.0) 200-I4 3/4" (20) /8"-16 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) ii (5.0) 200-1 V. (25) /8'-16 3/8" (85.7) 2/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200_11/4 11/4" (32) /8"-16 33/4" (94.0) 2/8" (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-1I2 11/2" (40) /8"-16 3/8" (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) /8"-16 41/2" (114.3) 3" (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200_2112 21 /2" (65) /8'-16 5/8" (142.9) 41/8' (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) /8"-16 5/8" (149.1) 4' (101.6) 29 (13.3) 200_31/2 31/2" (90) /8"-16 7/8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) /8"-16 7/8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5' (125) 1/2 '_13 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"..13 101/8" (257.2) 6/4" (171.4) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8' (200) 1 1/2 '13 131/8" 1 (333.4) 1 8/4" 1 (222.2) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. PP_ 00 eflflPER R-I inc Set Screw and Locknut Included Beam Clams ®TQLCO C®its USTED Fig. 65 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening Fig. 65XT - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening (bottom of page) Size Range: Fig. 65 - 1/2'.13 rod sizes, and 5/8"-11 rod sizes Fig. 65X1 - /8'-16 rod size (see below) Material: Steel with hardened cup point set screw and jam nut Function: Recommended for hanging from steel beam where flange thickness does not exceed 3/4" (19.0mm). Features: All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type beam clamps. May be used on top or bottom flange of beam. (Beveled lip allows hanging from top flange where clearance is limited.) May be installed with set screw in up or down position. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment by allowing the rod to be threaded completely through the clamp. Open design permits inspection of thread engagement. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Exceeds requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), pamphlet 13, /8'-16 rod will support 1/2" (15mm) thru 4" (100mm) pipe 112".13 rod will support thru 8" (200mm) pipe Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish Fig. 65 Patent #4,570,885 Part Rod Size B C D E \---? No. A in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 65-1/2 1/2".13 11/2" (38.1) 3/4" (19.0) 1" (25.4) /16" (14.3) 65-/8 /811-11 11/2" (38.1) 3/4" (19.0) 1" (25.4) /16" (14.3) Part F Approx. Wt./100 No. in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 65-1I2 11/4" (31.7) 55 (24.9) 65-/8 11/4" (31.7) 55 (24.9) Fig. 65X1-3/8 - Beam Clamp 125.41 c®us ->1 Feature: Extruded holes allows for more thread USTED engagement of threaded rod and set screw. 19/i6' Weight: Approx. Wt./100 - 28.0 Lbs. (12.7kg) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized 3/4 Order By: Figure number and finish Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed . L (cULus) and FM Approved (FM) for up to 4" Designed to meet or exceed requirements of (n.2) Set Screw and (100mm) pipe. 1-1 1/ Locknut Included FMDS2-0. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 13 B-Line by ET•N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 16 Fire Protection Solutions B-Line by ET•N Beam ClamDs Fig. 69 - Beam Clamp Retaining Strap (B-Line B3367) ®TOLCQ Size Range: /8'-16 thru /4'-1O rod 4" (101 .6mm) thru 16" (406.4mm) lengths Note: longer lengths are available consult factory Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13. Important Note: Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore a locking mechanism of some kind, such as a hex nut for the Fig. 69 will provide a more secure reliable installation. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, length (L), and finish. Note: Minimum return on strap is 1" (25.4mm) For Use With: Any B-Line or TOLCO beam clamp. Hole Dia. D Length Part No. in. (mm) 69-/s-L /16" (30.1) Specify 69_1/2.L /16" (30.1) Specify 69-5/8-L 11/16" (50.8) Specify 69-/4-L 13/16" 163.51 Specify Beam Clamps Fig. 69R - Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining Strap Size Range: !8-16 & 1/2'13 rod 4" (101,6mm) thru 16" (406.4mm) lengths Note: longer lengths are available consult factory Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13. Features: Beveled locking slot* is precisely formed to align with the threaded section of a hanger rod or set screw and engage the unit securely. May be used as shown in Section "A-A" or inverted. Allows easy installation for new construction or retrofit applications. Important Note: Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore the beveled locking slot of the Fig. 69R will provide a secure reliable installation. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, length, and finish. Note: Minimum return on strap is 1" (25.4mm) For Use With: Any B-Line or TOLCO beam clamp. * Patent #5,947,424 Slot Width Length Part No. in. (mm) 69R-3/s-L /16" (30.1) Specify 69R-1/2-L /16" (30.1) Specify ®TDLCD Component of State of ceus California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System LISTED A-A All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 17 B-Line by ET•N Fig. 75 - Swivel Attachment Size Range: - /8"-16 Rod Attachment Material: Steel Function: Three recommended applications for this product: May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support up to 4' (1 00mm) pipe. Finish: Electro-Galvanized Weight: Approx. Wt./100 - 13.3 Lbs. (6.0kg) Order By: Figure number Patent: #7,887,248 I Fig. 78 All Steel Ceiling Plate Fig. 75 Swivel Attachment Fig. 200 fj\ All Threaded Rod "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger -..._ Fig. 25 Surge Restrainer May be used as a structural attachment component of a branch line restraint Fig. 65X1 Reversible Beam Clamp Fig. 75 Swivel Attachment All Threaded Rod May be used with a pitched roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) Sec. 9.1.2.5. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. pp- (flflPER R-I inp CRDDY ID Branch Line Restraint System C?IDDY' ERIC13 0 Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment cULus Listed, FM Approved, and OSHPD pre-approved for light walled (SCH 7), SCH 10, and SO-I 40 service pipes. Accepts 3/8" (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod on either side of the service pipe Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod Works with rough-cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe-side deburring Shear-off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection Part Number Article Number Nominal OD Pipe Size (mm) IRS H (mm) (mm) W (mm) L (mm) CSBBRPO100EG I 404477 1 1.32 3/8, 1/2 6.67 0.88 2.86 (25) (33.4) (M10, M12) (169.4) (22.2) (72.6) CSBBRPO12SEG 404478 1-1/4 1.66 3/8,1/2 7.56 0.88 3.31 (32) (42.2) (Mb, M12) (192.0) (22.2) (84.1) CSBBRPO1SOEG 404479 1-1/2 1.90 3/8,1/2 8.20 0.88 3.63 (40) (4&3) (Mb, M12) (208.4) (22.2) (92.2) CSBBRPO200EG 404480 2 2.38 3/8, 1/2 9.45 0.88 4.25 (50) (60.3) (Mb, M12) (240.0) (22.2) (108.0) www.erico.com T raditional methods for installing branch line restraints in fire sprinkler systems are cumbersome and time-consuming. Contractors often cut (and re-cut) threaded rod to precise measurements to restrain the sprinkler pipe with a loop hanger and surge restraint. Traditional methods also commonly require five or more parts per restraint. To avoid these labor-intensive methods, ERICO has streamlined the process and developed the Branch Line Restraint System, part of the CADDY® line of hanging & bracing solutions for the fire protection market. Ideal for restraining 1" (25 mm) through 2" (50 mm) branch lines, this innovative system is significantly faster and easier to install than current methods. It attaches directly to steel bar joists, I-beams or purlins, as well as concrete and wood structures. The hardware is installed with only one tool, a 5/16" (8 mm) socket drill driver, which provides significant labor savings and convenience. It features a simple, two- step installation process, allowing a time savings up to 80% compared to other methods. Unlike most solutions that only accept 3/8" threaded rod, the versatile Branch Line Restraint System features a swivel attachment that can be rotated to accept 3/8" (M 10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod. This allows greater restraint distances from the pipe to structure with 1/2" (M12) threaded rod. The system meets the requirements of NFPA® 13, making it ideal for new construction applications. The total system is cULus Listed and FM® Approved, and has been pre-approved by the state of California (OSHPD OPA-2629-10). zE c ®us APPROVED LISTED Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Steel Swivel connector accepts 3/8" (M10) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to steel members with thickness from 0.105" (12 GA) to 0.5" (2.7 - 12.7 mm) with self-drillingftapping screw Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Wood/Concrete Swivel connector accepts 3/8" (Mb) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to wood/concrete structure. Pre-drill concrete with 3/16" (4.8 mm) drill bit (not included) Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Threaded Insert Swivel connector accepts 3/8" (Mb) or 1/2" (M12) threaded rod Attaches to concrete anchors or structural attachments with female threads Also for use with Snake+ anchor (not included); part number 6401 SD Note: Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. www.erico.com ERICD -i Maximum Restraint Lengths Continuous Threaded Rod Reference: NFPA13, (2007) *Reference: NFPA13, (2010) Other products available for restraint lengths over 40" (960 mm). Visit www.erico.com for more fire protection and hanging & bracing solutions. FM is a registered certification mark of FM Approvals LLC, LTD. NFPA is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association. Snake+ is a registered trademark of Powers Fasteners, Inc. cULus is a registered certification mark of UL LLC. WARNING ERICO products shall be installed and used only as indicated in ERICO's product instruction sheets and training materials. Instruction sheets are available at www.erico.com and from your ERICO customer service representative. Improper installation, misuse, misapplication or other failure to completely follow ERICO's instructions and warnings may cause product malfunction, property damage, serious bodily injury and death. WARRANTY ERICO products are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship at the time of shipment. NO OTHER WARRANTY WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE), SHALL EXIST IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OR USE OF ANY ERICO PRODUCTS. Claims for errors, shortages, defects or nonconformities ascertainable upon inspection must be made in writing within S days after Buyer's receipt of products. All other claims must be made in writing to ERICO within 6 months from the date of shipment or transport. Products claimed to be nonconforming or defective must, upon ERICO's prior written approval in accordance with its standard terms and procedures governing returns, promptly be returned to ERICO for inspection. Claims not made as provided above and within the applicable time period will be barred. ERICO shall in no event be responsible if the products have not been stored or used in accordance with its specifications and recommended procedures. ERICO will, at its option, either repair or replace nonconforming or defective products for which it is responsible or return the purchase price to the Buyer. THE FOREGOING STATES BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF ERICO WARRANTY AND FOR ANY CLAIM, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE, FOR LOSS OR INJURY CAUSED BY THE SALE OR USE OF ANY PRODUCT. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ERICO excludes all liability except such liability that is directly attributable to the willful or gross negligence of ERICO's employees. Should ERICO be held liable its liability shall in no event exceed the total purchase price under the contract. ERICO SHALL IN NO EVENT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSS OF BUSINESS OR PROFITS, DOWNTIME OR DELAY, LABOR, REPAIR OR MATERIAL COSTS OR ANY SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS OR DAMAGE INCURRED BY BUYER. Copyright 02012 ERICO International Corporation. All rights reserved. CADDY, CADWELD, CRITEC, ERICO, ERIFLEX, ERITECH, and LENTON are registered trademarks of ERICO International Corporation. ERICD® M10955-WWEN DM1457LT11W1JVEN 10M0312 OPM C® US LISTED /7 (r Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 11/4" Sch.1 Sch.10 Sch.40 1" /1'/4" 1"/1'/4" 1" /1/4" Seismic Bracin TOLCO Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment (UL Listed) Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1' (25mm) thru 8' (200mm) (PS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1 '(25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IFS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFFA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedule 7 through schedule 40 IFS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1,125mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OFM-0052-13. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 67. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1' (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Size I 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) (25) 11/4" (32) 11/2" (40) (50) 2'/2" (65) (80) (100) 6" (150) 8" (200) -- 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) -- / -- 1000/1000 1000/1000 1001-11/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11I4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000/1000 1000/1000 1000/1000 10011h/2 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1'/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) I 1000 /1000 1500/1500 1500/1500 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) 1000/1000 2015/2015 2015/2015 1001_21/2 X 138.6 (62.8) 1001_21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 1600/1600 2015 /2765 2015 /2765 1001-3 X 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2165 1001-4X1 160,9 (73.0) 1001-4X1'/4 182.4 (827) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600 /1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 1001-8X1 217.4 (986) 1001-8X11/4 238,8 (1083) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 Note: Metric sizes are available, contact factory. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 66 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing TOLCO Fig. 41 - Longitudinal In-Line Sway Brace Attachment (UL Listed) Size Range: 2" (50mm) through 8" (200mm) IFS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance t RnIt R. H,,.n In,Id,d C® US LISTED Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 2112" (65mm) through 8' (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 75. Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-1 3. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish Brace Fig. 980 Fig. 41 Longitudinal Brace Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) A in. (mm) C in. (mm) D in. (mm) Bolt Size Max. Rec. Load (cUlus) lbs. (kN) Approx. W000 lbs. (kg) 41-2 (50) 53/8" (136.5) 21/16" (52.4) 21/16" (52.4) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 243 (110.2) 41-21I2 21I2" (65) 6/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 2/4" (69.8) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 40 (80) (177.8) 2/4" (69.8) 31/16' (77.8) 1/2"_13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) 41.4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) 3/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 (125) 93/4" (247.6) 3/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) 41-6 (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" 1127.01 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"13 2015 (8.96) 640 1290.31 4L-8 (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/9" (142.9) 1/2"_13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 74 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions cj) us LISTED Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 66 Fire Protection Solutions B-Line by Et•N Seismic Bracin Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - /8" to 3/4" ®TOLCD Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1(25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig-980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 67. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 1000, 2002, 4A or approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Fig. 4L Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Approx. Number Size A B D Load (cULus) wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 980-/ /t" (9.5) 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 2015 (8.96) 149 (67.6) 980-1/2 * 1/2" (12.7) 51/4" (133.3) i/" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 2015 (8.96) 148 (67.1) 980-/8 5/8" (15.9) 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) 2015 (8.96) 147 (66.7) 930_3/4 3/4" (19.0) 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 13/16" (20.5) 2015 (8.96) 146 166.21 * Standard size Important! - For load information when using Fig. 980 with pre-installed or post-installed concrete anchors in compliance with NFPA 13 (2016) or ASCE 7-10, including prying factors, see load tables on pages ALl thru A121. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. APPPOVED Ill Fig. 800 - Adjustable Sway Brace Attachment to Steel Size Range: 4' (101 .6mm) thru 18" (457.2mm) beam width Material: Steel Function: Seismic brace attachment to steel. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment point which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates the importance of concentric loading of connections and fasteners. Permits secure connection to steel where drilling and/or welding of brace connection could present structural issues. Installation Instructions: Fig. 800 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitional attachment, bracing pipe and a Cooper B-LineTrOLCO braced pipe attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 800 on the steel beam, tighten the cone point set bolts on flange until the heads break off. Tighten hex head bolts into clamp body until lock washers are fully flat. Attach other Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitional attachment fitting, Fig. 980, 910, 909, or any other Cooper B-LineITOLCO approved transitional fitting. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 48. Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, type number and size number. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Shown with Fig. 980 brace fitting to pipe brace (Along Beam) Shown with Fig. 980 brace fitting to pipe brace (Across Beam) * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin ?, where? is the installation angle measured from the vertical. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. CflflPER R-I inc OPM e®us LISTED Cone Point Set Bolts A Set Bolts Included ki fCone IN 1-k Point Set Bolt B UL Horizontal Design Load Maximum Design Load Across Beam 2015 lbs. (8.96kN) Maximum Design Load Along Beam 2015 lbs. (8.96kN) Seismic Bracing TOLCO Fig. 828 - Universal Sway Brace Attachment to Steel (UL Listed) Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace attachments. Fits from /8" (9.4mm) to /8" (22.2mm) thick steel structure. For thicknesses less than 3/8" (9.4mm) refer to Fig. 825 and Fig. 825A. Material: Steel Function: To attach sway bracing and/ot hangers to various types of steel structural members. Features: Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design allows offset placement on wide flange beam, I-beam, C-channel, open web, welded steel trusses, etc.. Secures brace to structure either across or along the beam. Break-off set bolts allow for visual verification of proper installation torque. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-1 3. For FM Approval information refer to FM Approved page 53. Installation Instructions: The Fig. 828 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, "bracing pipe' and a TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 828 on the flange of the beam, truss, or girder. Be sure the attachment is fully engaged to the rear of the opening. Tighten the cone point set bolts (A) until the heads break off. Tighten the cone point set bolt (B) until the head breaks off. Remove the flange nut from set bolt (B). Install a TOLCO swivel fitting (Fig. 980, 910, 909, or any other TOLCO approved transitional fitting). Use flange nut to secure the swivel fitting*. Finish: Plain or Electro-Ga Ivan ized Approx. Weight/100: 275 Lbs. (124.7kg) Order By: Figure number and finish Patent #6,098,942, #8,534,625 Canada Patent #2,286,659 Patent Pending * Retaining strap not required. Fig. 828 Show Fig. V Pivot in any direction Fig. 828 with 80 Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 52 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions VALVES :l1p{j yL H OF ju1kuI LEN Valve Pipe Equivalent Feet of Pipe* C=120 Size OR 5th. 10 Sch. 30 5h. 40 InJmm InJmm Film Film Film 2 2.375 5.8 - 4.1 50 1 60.3 7.8 - 1.4 2/2 2.875 5.1 3./ 65 73.0 1 1.6 1.7 3 3.500 9.6 7.2 80 88.9 2.9 2.2 4 4.500 7.5 - 5.1 700 774.3 2.3 1.7 5 5.563 7.0 - 5.6 725 1 141.3 2.1 17 6 6.625 6.1 4.8 150 168.3 1.9 7.5 8 8.625 6.3 5.7 5.3 200 279.1 7.9 7.7 1.6 10 _25ol 10.150 11.3 10.2 9.6 273.7 3.4 1 3.7 2.9 PRESSURE DROP (PSI) VS. (GPM) VA! u::z: :IJ y uJ.yI:u: - - - uIf IW IulN U INWJIWAIUM• MEMO uuir Ill.! , f11r: AT mill lii I 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 / 0.3 0.2 Ill Grooved End Butterfly Valve ANVIL. JLOK The Gruviok® Figure AN7722-3A Grooved End Butterfly Valve is UL Listed and FM Approved as a system control valve. The valve is rated at 300 psi for steel pipe in the 2" to 10" sizes. The 2" through 10" sizes are agency rated for both indoor and outdoor service. The valve is supplied with two internal switches. One is wired for supervisory service and the other is wired for use as an auxiliary switch. Both switches are rated for 11 amp at 1 25, 250 VAC and 0.5 amp at 125 VDC, 0.25 amp at 250 VDC. The switches and actuator internal spaces are protected From tampering. The ductile iron valve body is encapsulated with a durable nylon coating to ensure long term service. The valve features double-seal disc design with resilient EPDM coating, and stems are 416 stainless steel. Detailed instructions for valve installation and switch wiring are included with each valve. C® ILMM For Listings/App visit our websit contact an Any The equivalent feet of pipe is booed on the Hazen and Williams 100 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000 10000 formula and the How rates typically used with each size valve. FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) PROJECT 1lIIINFORMATI ON APPROVAL STAMP Project: LJ Approved Address: E] Approved as noted Contractor: EJ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-4.12 Grooved End Butterfly Valve MAWIL J!ALOK F- OPEN 10 L io C -7-T X) FIGURE i1 7722-3A UL/ULC/FMIBUTTE RFLY VA Valve Pipe Valve Dimensions Approx. Size O.D. A B C D E F 6 H J Wt- Ea. In1DN(mm) In ./mm In1mm In ./mm In1mm In ./mm In1mm In1mm mInim In1mm In1mm Lbs1Kg 2 2.375 3.19 2.97 3.87 6.17 4.18 2.25 - 4 3 19 50 60.3 81 75 98 157 106 57 - 702 16 9 21/2 2.875 3.81 3.18 4.38 6.68 4.18 2.25 - 4 3 20 65 73.0 97 81 177 170 106 57 - 702 76 9 3 3.500 3.81 3.80 4.62 6.92 4.18 2.25 - 4 3 22 80 88,9 97 97 117 176 706 57 - 102 76 10 4 4.500 4.62 4.27 5.38 9.98 5.10 3.5 - 5 6 26 100 714.3 II! 108 137 253 730 89 - 727 152 11.8 5 5.563 5.81 4.98 5.88 10.48 5.10 3.5 - 5 6 29 725 747.3 148 126 749 266 130 89 - 127 152 13.2 6 6.625 5.81 5.47 6.37 10.97 5.10 3.5 0.13 5 6 30 750 768.3 748 139 162 279 130 89 3 727 152 13.6 8 8.625 5.25 6.92 7.75 15.40 9.54 4 1.36 7.89 12 52 200 279.1 733 176 797 391 242 702 35 200 305 23.6 10 10.750 6.25 7.99 9.00 16.65 9.54 4 1.84 7.89 12 75 250 1 273.7 1 759 203 1 229 1 423 1 242 1 702 1 41 1 200 1 305 1 34.1 UPPER STEM: Stainless Steel, ASTM A-582, Type 416 STEM SHEAR PIN: for 2" thru 6" valves. STEM SHEAR KEY: for 8" and 10" valves. UPPER BUSHING: Sintered bronze (8" and 10" valves only) "0" RING: Nitrile LOWER BUSHING: Sintered Bronze (8" and 10" valves only) LOWER STEM: Stainless Steel, ASTM A-582, Type 416 BODY: Ductile Iron ASTM A-536 with Nylon Coating S. DISC: Ductile Iron ASTM A-536 with EPDM Encapsulation HANDWHEEL: Ductile Iron INDICATOR FLAG: Steel GEAR OPERATOR: Ductile Iron and Steel NAMEPLATE: Stainless Steel HANDWHEEL SHEAR PIN: Carbon Steel AISI 1070 CV VALUES Valve ' Pipe ' Disc Position 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Size O.D. hijmm hiJmm (gees Open) - - 2 2.375 4 7 19 44 48 80 111 158 50 60.3 0.3 0.5 1.3 3.0 3.3 5.5 7.7 109 21/2 2.875 9 14 34 78 84 142 196 280 65 73.0 0.6 7.0 2.3 5.4 5.8 9.8 73.5 19.3 3 3.500 14 20 50 112 128 215 285 400 80 88.9 1.0 1.4 3.4 7.7 8.8 74.8 19.7 27.6 4 4.500 29 41 100 239 250 420 582 826 100 114.3 2.0 2.8 6.9 76.5 17.2 29.0 40.1 51.0 5 5.563 62 76 182 415 445 780 1,100 1,480 725 747.3 4.3 5.2 72.5 28.6 30.7 53.8 15.8 102.0 6 6.625 96 141 325 755 809 1,370 1,920 2,678 150 768.3 6.6 9.7 22.4 52.1 55.8 94.5 132.4 784.6 8 8.625 172 252 592 1,365 1,460 2,430 3,410 4,819 200 279.1 11.9 17.4 40.8 94.7 100.7 167.5 2 . 1 373 10 10.750 230 328 792 1,825 1,962 3,260 4,590 6,431 250 1 273.7 1 15.9 1 22.6 1 54.6 1 725.8 1 735.3 224.8 1 316.5 443.4 FP-4.12 LOK Grooved End Butterfly Valve ACTUATOR W :1 [e SIJDFDUISflQV SWITfI.l I FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL I —Orange (Common) I SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT /_ Yellow I Orange c(NC Yellow NC __________ 0 Common :uu :zz.. Yellow Normally Open (NO): Not Wired I Orange Normally Closed (NC): (2) Yellow Common: (2) Orange I I TO END-OF-LINE RESISTOR OR NEXT SUPERVISORY SWITCH Notes: Single Pole Double Throw Switch wired "Normally Closed"; supplied with Dual Wire leads. Switch Schematic shown with Valve in the Full Open Position and Switch depressed. Red (Common) Blue Green CONNECTION TO GROUND Ground SCREW INSIDE HOUSING Violet 0 NO Violet ::: NC NC_ 01 TO AUXILIARY DEVICE ue Normally Open (NO): Blue Red Normally Closed (NC): Violet Common Common: Red (Power) Notes: Single Pole Double Throw Switch wired "Normally Closed"; supplied with Single Wire leads. Switch Schematic shown with Valve in the Full Open Position and Switch depressed. Notes: Single Pole Double Throw Switch; Pre-Wired Wire Leads: 18 AWG, 1011(254 mm) Long Rated to 11A@ 125, 250 VAC and 0.5A@ 125 VDC, 0.25A@ 250 VDC Operating Temperature: -40CC (-40F) to 1 80F (82C) FP-4.12 INVIL. Fire Check Valve The GruvlokO 78FP UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved Check Valve is a compact, cost effective valve, designed for use in grooved-end pipe fire protection systems and related equipment. Valves are to be used in conjunction with grooved pipe and pipe couplings that are listed or approved for fire protection systems. PRESSURE RATING: 2" through 12" 78FP UL/FM Check Valves have a maximum working pressure of 300 PSI (20.7 bar). DESIGN FEATURE: The clapper design produces quick, non-slam closure before flow reversal can occur, providing a leak free sealing of back pressures as low as 1 PSI (0.07 bar) equivalent to 28" water head. Meets FM requirements for anti-water-hammer check valves. APPLICATIONS: Fire Department pumper to sprinkler systems Public water supplies to automatic sprinkler systems Fire pump discharges and by-pass Gravity and pressure tanks LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilinticom or contact an Anvil* Sales Representative. INSTALLATION: The 78FP UL/FM Check Valves can be installed vertically or horizontally. In a horizontal installation the Hinge Pin is to be located on top. Proper installation and maintenance should be in accordance to Gruvlok specifications, as well as being in compliance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association. Sprir Bushings Hinge P1 Hinge Pin P1 BODY: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting orange enamel paint on exterior and interior surfaces. Ddy CLAPPER: 2"- 5" Type 304 or 302 stainless steel to ASTM A 167 6"- 8" Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. pper CLAPPER FACING: Grade "E" EPDM em bly -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkaline solutions, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. SEAT RING: Type 304 stainless steel to ASTM A 312 SPRING: Type 302 stainless steel to ASTM A 313 Drain HINGE PIN: Type 304 or 302 stainless steel to ASTM A 580 tctions HINGE PIN BUSHINGS: Sintered bronze to ASTM B 438 Seat Ring HINGE PIN PLUGS AND DRAIN PLUGS: Cast iron to ASTM A 126 Class A PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: LJ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: El Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-4.12 i'i Hinge Pin Plug f Lifting Eyebolt F (10" and 12' I Valves Only) - NPT I- E 1/2" NPT FLOW DATA: The approximate friction losses, based on the Hazen and Williams formula, expressed in equivalent length of pipe is given below. The friction losses have been calculated on the basis of flow rates typically used with each size valve. IMPORTANT NOTE: Check valve life may be shortened and system damage may occur if check valves are installed too close to a source of unstable flow. Check valves must be installed at a reasonable distance away from pumps, elbows, expanders, reducers or other similar devices. Sound piping practices dictate a minimum of five (5) times the pipe diameter for general use. Distances between three (3) and five (5) diameters are allowable provided the flow velocity is less than 8 feet per second. Distances less than 3 diameters are not recommended. Not for use in copper systems. Fire Check Valve ANVIL. 78FP UL/FM GRUVLOK CHECK VALVE Valve OR Nominal Dimensions Approx. A B C D E F 6 Size . . Wt. Ea. InJDN(mm) in In1mm In1mm InJmm Injmm In1mm In1mm In1mm 2 2.375 04 2% 11Ao 1% 4½ 33/ 6 43/s 7.5 50 60.3 171 60 36 44 114 81 117 3.4 2½ 2.875 7¼ 2'Ao 19A6 1/i 3'/io 31/a 41/2 10.5 65 73.0 184 61 39 44 96 92 114 4.8 3 3.500 73/4 21/8 2 U3/16 41/16 311A6 415A6 11.5 80 88.9 197 67 51 46 103 93 725 5.2 4 4.500 8/a 31/s 21/4 2½ 51/16 41/4 6 13.5 700 174.3 206 79 57 64 128 108 152 6.1 5 5.563 91/4 3½ 21/4 2/6 5'3A6 4% 61/4 19.0 725 141.3 248 89 70 61 147 117 171 1 8.6 6 6.625 123/4 4¼ 3%6 3/8 61/4 61/4 81/2 33.5 750 768.3 324 708 84 79 159 771 216 15.2 8 8.625 14% 51A6 3/16 4 515Ao 8 101/4 59.0 200 219.1 365 728 700 102 150 203 260 26.8 10 10.750 18 6%o 4/i6 4'/ia 6% 93Aa 12uA6 130.0 250 273.7 457 760 725 175 175 233 322 59.0 12 12.750 21 7'/16 6 51A6 7¼ 10/8 141/4 183.0 300 323.9 533 185 752 128 184 264 375 1 83.0 !.1''I DATA :1 'II [I] ILOSS Il(FT. OF PI PE) Valve Size O.D. C-100 ________ C-120 ________ 5th. 10 Sch. 30 5th. 40 5th. 10 5th. 30 Sch. 40 lit/mm In1mm Film FL/m Film Film Rim Film 2 2.375 10 - 8 14 - 11 50 60.3 3.0 - 2.4 4.3 - 3.4 21/2 2.875 14 - 10 20 - 15 65 73.0 4.3 - 3.0 6.7 - 4.6 3 3.500 17 - 12 23 - 17 80 88.9 5.2 - 3.7 7.0 - 5.2 4 4.500 17 - 13 23 - 18 100 114.3 5.2 - 4.0 7.0 - 5.5 5 5.563 14 - 11 20 - 15 125 147.3 4.3 - 3.4 6.7 - 4.6 6 6.625 23 - 19 33 - 26 750 168.3 7.0 - 5.8 10.7 - 7.9 8 8.625 35 32 30 50 45 43 200 279.7 70.7 9.8 9.1 75.2 13.7 73.7 10 10.750 28 25 24 40 36 34 250 273.1 8.5 7.6 7.3 72.2 11.0 10.4 12 12.750 31 28 26 44 39 37 300 323.9 9.4 8.5 7.9 73.4 11.9 1 77.3 Friction Loss Series 78FP Check Valve (Water at 65F) 9.0 CO 8.0 a_ 7.0 0 6.0 2 5.0 4.0 3.0 2 2.0 2 0 1.5 1.0 o = CO 0.9 CO 0.8 0.7 0.6 2 0.5 D 2 100 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000 10000 2 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM) 9.0 CO a- 8.0 7.0 0 6.0 5.0 = 4.0 3.0 2 D 0- 2.0 2 a- c 1.5 1.0 CO CO 0.9 0.8 0.7 2 0.6 05 FP-4.1 2 The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011 TESTANDRAIN® matches all the features and benefits of our Model 1000 by providing both the test function and the express drain function in a multistory installation for a wet fire sprinkler system, with the added feature of an integral Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drainage piping. The Model 101 1A complies with the requirements of NFPA-13 that stipulate a pressure relief valve be installed on all gridded systems and downstream of all pressure reducing valves (see reverse). The Model I011A TESTtiDRAIN® is a compact single handle ball valve which includes a tamper resistant test orifice and integral tamper resistant sight glasses, and is 300 PSI rated. Available in a full range of sizes from 3/4" to 2' NPT and BSPT, with all specifiable orifice sizes 3/8" (2.8K), 7A6" (4.2K), ½" (5.6K), 17/32" (8.0K), W (11.2K, ELO), 34" (14.0K, ESFR), and K25 as required by NFPA 13, 2007 Edi- tion (see reverse). The included ULJFM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve features a flushing handle and is factory rated for 175 PSI. Other pressure settings are available and may be substituted. Designed to relieve excess system pressure caused by surges or temperature changes as well as solve the dif- ficult problem of providing the relief valve with a convenient drainage-piping outlet. Shipped with relief valve and bypass drain ports plugged to expedite pressure testing the system. A locking kit is available and can be ordered with the valve to provide vandal resistance or prevent uninten- tional alarm activation. Repair kits including (1) adapter gasket, (1) ball, (2) valve seats, (1) stem packing, and (1) stem washer are avail- able for all TESTANDRAIN valves. Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for main- tenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. CS1011A 10/09 DIMENSIONS MODEL 1011 - FRONT VIEW Orifice Size Available: 3/8", 7A6', ½", 17/32", ELO (5/8)*, ESFR (3/4 )*, & K25** SIZE A B C D E F G H 7A6" 11/2 2V16" 3/8" 3,'" 11 /16" 4/16 6" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 1" 7A6" 11/2" 2A6" 35/8 3¼" 113/is" 49A6" 6¼" (191 mm) (37.5 mm) (57 mm) (93 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) 11/4" 715/m" 111A6" 29/16" 41/4" 3/8" 115/16" 59/16" 51/2" (201 mm) (43 mm) (65 mm) (108 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) 134" 815/16" 11 /16" 31/4" 51A6" 3/8" 25/8" 81/4" 107/8" _________ (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) 72" 815/16" 11V16 31/4" 51A6" 3/8" 2/8" 81/4" 10/8" (227 mm) (45 mm) (81.5 mm) (127mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) * Available on 11/4" to 2" size units only ** Available on 11/2" and 2" size units only THE MODEL 1011 PROVIDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING... From the 2007 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1* Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) - & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow.., using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be readily accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location.., downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1" in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion-resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a gridded wet pipe system shall be provided with a relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A relief valve of not less than ½" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure-reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding 175 PSI. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve MODEL 1011 - PLAN VIEW MATERIALS Handle: Steel Stem: Rod Brass Ball: C.P. Brass Body: Bronze Valve Seat: Impregnated Teflon® Indicator Plate: Steel Relief Valve: Bronze Bypass Fittings: Brass Bypass Tubing: Nylobraid APPROVALS UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved NYC-BSA No. 720-87-SM AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 www.testandrain.com Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asb. Bonnet (¼" - 1") Bonnet (1'h" —2") Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Disc Holder Brass 7 Disc BunaN 8 Body Bronze UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC 714 S. Main St.. Randleman, N.C. 27317 Phone: 800/334-3 035 Fax: 800/498-4696 Oil U~KAS Registered Model 125SUL Globe Valve Soft Disc cusuL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180° Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem 'Integral Seat Swivel Disc Holder *Contains Lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water Systems* Size ¼" 3/4" 1" 1 '/" 1 '/2" 2" A 2.22 2.47 2.97 3.56 4.06 4.69 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 3.38 3.50 4.25 4.75 5.50 5.50 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 1 12 1 6 1 6 1 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 72 60 36 24 12 12 UNITED BRASS WORKS, INC. 0. 714 S. Main St., Randleman, NC 27317 ______ Tel: 800-334-3035 Fax: 800-498-4696 www.ubw.com 015 Model 126SUL Angle Valve Soft Disc CLUSUL Listed for Fire Sprinkler Service at 250 WOG 200 WOG @ 180 °Max 100% Pressure Tested Threaded Ends Rising Stem • Integral Seat Swivel Disc Holder *Contains Lead. Not Intended for Use in Potable Water System* MATERIAL LIST NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL I Hex Nut Steel 2 Hand Wheel Zinc 3 Packing Nut Brass 4 Packing Graphite Non-Asbestos Bonnet (1/2" -1") Bonnet (1 ¼" - 2") Brass Bronze 6 Stem & Seat Assembly Brass 7 Disc BunaN 8 Body Bronze Size '/2" /43 119 1" 1 ¼" 1 Y2" 2" A 1.03 1.22 1.47 1.75 2.00 2.34 B 2.03 2.38 2.75 3.00 3.72 3.72 C (closed) 3.13 3.25 4.38 4.50 5.25 5.63 Ship Wt. (lbs.) 0.69 0.94 1.76 2.50 3.26 5.32 Qty. Unit Pack 12 6 6 4 2 2 Qty. Per Case 72 60 36 124 12 12 ____A________ SHIPPING BAR GROOVED END 900 L.R. 1! c®us ELBOW FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS HOSE & BRAID B FM APPROVED 180 0 _____ ________ RETURN _____ ________ MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION END FITTINGS - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/STD WT ..- HOSE & BRAID - STAINLESS STEEL - 300 SERIES 900 ELBOW - CARBON STEEL - SCH 40/STD WT AIR RELEASE 1800 RETURN -CARBON STEEL -SCH 40/STD WT OR DRAIN PLUG SUPPORT BRACKET (2" AND LARGER) NOTE: METRALOOPS 2-1/2" AND LARGER INSTALLED IN ANY ORIENTATION OTHER THAN HANGING DOWN MIJ.ST HAVE THE 180° RETURN SUPPORTED. (SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.) CONTACT FACTORY FOR ADDITIONAL SIZES AND MOVEMENTS. ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES. QTY SIZE MODEL MOVEMENT A B PSI WT (LBS) PROJECT INFO 1" (25mm) MLUGFM320100 ± 16" 29' 300 8 1.25" (32mm) MLUGFM320125 ±16" 32" 300 12 1.5" (40mm) MLUGFM320150 ±16" 34" 300 14 2' (50mm) MLUGFM320200 ±16 31' 39" 300 21 2.5" (65mm) MLUGFM320250 ± 16" 33" 1 45" 300 34 3" (80mm) MLUGFM320300 ± 16" 35" 48' 300 44 4 (100mm) MLUGFM320400 ± 16" 40" 56 175 70 (125mm) MLUGFM320500 ± 16" 44" 62' 175 107 (150mm) MLUGFM320600 ±16 48 68" 175 157 8 (200mm) MLUGFM320800 ±16" 58" 78' 175 293 10" (250mm) MLUGFM321000 ± 16" 68" 90" 175 534 12 (300mm) MLUGFM321200 ±16" 80' 102" 175 732 SUITABLE FOR USE IN DRY PIPE SYSTEMS FOR TEMPERATURES 10-40°F. 2 SIZES ADDED 8/21/2018 REV. 1 SUPPORT BRACKET CHANGE DATE 2/5/2015 et 2323 W. HUBBARD ST. CHICAGO, IL 60612 for pipes in motion TEL: 312-738-3800 ® WWW.METRAFIRE.COM CUSTOMER: METRAFLEX FIRELOOPTM GROOVED ENDS ± 16" MOVEMENT PROJECT: DRAWN BY: DKISH I DATE: 5/30/2014 APPROVED: ZB I DATE: 5/30/2014 ENGINEER: SCALE: 'DRAWING NUMBER: NTS MLUGFM32 HANGER ROD BY OTHERS ••!.,/ CARBON STEEL LOCK NUT SWIVEL WITH BY OTHERS "D" UNC NUT (SEE BELOW) - METRALOOP WITH SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER (FORMERLY BREAKAWAY COUPLING) ALUMINUM BODY c IF THE HANGER ROD IS SMALLER THAN THE NUT OF THE SWIVEL HANGER, SIMPLY SLIDE THE UNDERSIZED ROD B THROUGH THE NUT AND FASTEN WITH THE APPROPRIATE SIZED NUTS. 304 STAINLESS A Ii STEEL PIN METRALOOP A CABLE TETHER IS SUPPLIED SUPPORT FOR SUPPORTING LARGE BRACKET SEISMIC LOOPS WHOSE WEIGHT OR EXTREME FLEXIBILITY MAY REQUIRE SUPPORT. CARBON STEEL 0 NYLON INSERT METRALOOP LOCK NUT 1800 RETURN QTY PART # A (in) B (in) C (in) D (in) SBH30 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8 SBH45 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8 SBH65 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8' SBH80 7.25 6.375 2.125 5/8' SBH130 9.75 8.75 2.875 5/8" SBH200 9.75 8.75 2.875 3/4" SBH400 12.75 11.625 2.875 3/4' SBH650 12.75 11.625 2.875 3/4" REV. DATE 2323 W. HUBBARD ST. CHICAGO, IL 60612 I\/1aIex TEL 312-738-3800 etr FAX 312-738-0415 (for pipes in motion) - WWW.METRAFLEX.COM CUSTOMER: SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER (FORMERLY BREAKAWAY COUPLING) PROJECT: DRAWN BY: DKISH 'DATE: 9/25/2018 APPROVED: DATE: ENGINEER: SCALE: 'DRAWING NUMBER: N/A SBH-4 SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER SIZING CHART LOOP SIZE LOOP MOVEMENT ±4" ±8' ± 16" ±24" 1 NOT REQUIRED SBH65 SBH65 1/2" SBH65 SBH65 3/4" SBH65 SBH65 1-1/4" SBH65 SBH65 1-1/2' SBH65 SBH65 2 SBH65 SBH8O 2-1/2" SBH8O SBH8O SBH13O SBH8O SBH8O SBH13O SBH13O SBH13O SBH13O SBH13O SBH200 5 SBH13O SBH13O SBH200 SBH400 6' SBH200 SBH200 SBH400 SBH400 8" SBH400 SBH650 SBH650 SBH650 METRAFLEX SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER OPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS General: The purpose of the Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is to support the flexible element of a seismic joint such as the Metraloop. During a seismic event, the Seismic BreakAway Hanger will break free allowing the seismic joint to freely move in its complete range of motion. After the seismic event, the Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger can be simply reassembled. Application: Each Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is factory set for a specific load and will be matched to a specific Metraloop or other seismic joint. The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger is installed in the hanger rod of the seismic joint. For the Metraloop product this will be located at the 1800 return fitting. For Dog Leg products this will be at the 900 elbow. For large movement units, Seismic BreakAway Hangers may be required to support the flexible hose, see figure 4 and 4A. Tethers: Tethers are used to prevent the seismic joint from over flexing and are included on all Seismic BreakAway Hangers. Installation: The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger should be installed as close to the seismic joint as possible. See figure 1. Insure that the correct size Hanger has been selected for installation by reviewing the submittal. The swivel eye bolt should be installed in the top position attached to rod or cable that complies with the contract documents. See figure 1 and 2. A male thread is provided for connection to the seismic joint. See figure 1 and 2. Apply the no step stickers provided with the Hanger to the pipe / insulation cover. Caution: When lifting from the flexible hose, never point load the hose during the installation process, always use a saddle. The hose consists of corrugated stainless steel hose and can be damaged. The Seismic BreakAway Hanger is designed for a specific load based on the size and configuration of the seismic joint. People walking on the seismic joint or other outside loads on the devise can result in premature breaking of the coupling and should be avoided. No Step warning stickers have been provided with the Seismic BreakAway Hanger for larger pipe sizes. When installing a seismic joint with multiple Seismic BreakAway Hangers, evenly lift the seismic device into place. Do not over flex the hose. Testing: Each Seismic BreakAway Hanger is factory tested prior to shipment. No field testing is necessary. Maintenance: The Metraflex Seismic BreakAway Hanger does not require maintenance and there are no serviceable parts. If the Hanger is ever pulled apart, for any reason, simply insert the pin back into the Hanger until it is bottomed out. For Hangers designed to support larger seismic connections a "C- clamp" may be required to push the pin for reassembly. CUSTOMER: PROJECT: ENGINEER: METRAFLEX SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER OPERATION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED: FIGURE 1 HANGER ROD BY OTHERS LOCK NUT BY OTHERS ALUMINUM CARBON STEEL BODY SWIVEL WITH 5/8" UNC NUT 304 STAINLESS STEEL PIN METRALOOP SUPPORT BRACKET CARBON STEEL NYLON INSERT LOCK NUT METRALOOP 1800 RETURN FIGURE 2 IF THE HANGER ROD IS SMALLER THAN THE NUT OF THE SWIVEL HANGER, SIMPLY SLIDE THE SMALLER DIAMETER ROD THROUGH THE NUT AND FASTEN WITH THE APPROPRIATE SIZED NUTS. FIGURE 3 • A CABLE TETHER IS SUPPLIED FOR A SUPPORTING LARGE DIAMETER SEISMIC LOOPS WHOSE WEIGHT OR EXTREME FLEXIBILITY MAY REQUIRE SUPPORT. CABLE TETHER FIGURE 4A METRAFLEX SEISMIC BREAKAWAY HANGER 1800,12" LONG, 14 GA GALVINIZED STEEL SADDLE (RECOMMENDED WITH PLASTIC LINER) THREADED ROD CLEVIS HANGER EXISTING SEISMIC FLEX CUSTOMER: PROJECT: ENGINEER: MISCELLANEOUS (E)POTTER VANE TYPE WATERFLOW The Symbol of Protection ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD U.S. Pat. No. 3921989 Canadian Pat. No. 1009680 Other Patents Pending Potter Electric, Rd., 1990 GENERAL INFORMATION The Model VSR-F is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm). The unit may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic re- tard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. ENCLOSURE: The unit is enclosed in a general purpose, die- cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resis- tant screws which require a special key for removal. A field in- stallable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin no. 5400775 for installation instructions of this switch. UL, ULC and CSFM Listed, FM and LPCBApproved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Service Pressure: Up to 450 PSI (31 BAR) Minimum Flow RateforAlarm: 10 GPM (38LPM) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5,5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit Environmental Specifications: Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing. NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure - use with appropriate conduit fitting. Temperature Range: 40°F/1 20°F, 4,5°C/49°C Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Caution: This device is not intended for applications in explosive environments. Sizes Available: Steel Pipe schedules 10 thru 40, sizes 2" thru 8" BS 1387 pipe 50mm thru 200mm Note: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-i 3D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-i 3R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No. 0090018 INSTALLATION: See Fig.2 These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be in- stalled within 6" (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the wateruiow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2" (50mm) and 2 1/2" (65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of 1 1/4" + 1/8" - 1/16" (33mm ±2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2" ±1/8" (50mm ±2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a dis- tance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 50 ft-lbs. (68 n-m) of torque (see Fig. 2). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Specifications subject to change without notice. Potter Electric Signal Company . 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 0 Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8800001 - REV PAGE 1 OF 2 MFG. #5400761 - 7/02 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR-F VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD FIG. I SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL jG ING DWG. #923-3 CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the termi- nal and serve as two sepa- rate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. OPTIONAL TAMPER SWITCH TO INSTALL, DRILL HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE HOLE SIZE 2' to 2 1/2' 1 1/4" +1/8" -1/16" (50mm to 65mm) (33mm ±2mm) 3" to 8" 2" ±1/8" (80mm to 200mm) 50mm ±2mm) Cover Tamper (with cover in place) L11 DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW C NO NC (WHT) (RED) (81.5) . IWTIS-2 DWG. #761-30 DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL 50FF-LBS (68 n-m) OF TORQUE RT MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW APPROX. RETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.) O o A 10-25 B 20-40 C 35-55 D 50-70 E 60-90 RETARD ADJUSTMENT: TO CHANGE TIME TURN KNOB (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY. USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RETARD NECESSARY TO PREVENT FALSE ALARMS, A "8" SETTING IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THIS, FACTORY IS SET TO "8". FIG. 3 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS NOTES: FIG. 4 The Model VSR-F has two To remove knockouts: Place switches, one can be used to screwdriver at edge of knock- 2 SETS OF operate a central station, pro- outs, not in the center. NORIIAILY OPEN CONTACTS CLOSE ON ALARM WATERFLOW ZONE OLR FITCH I ON FIRE PANEL FIRE PANEL I prietary or remote signaling /HJ—\ I unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. AconditionofLPCApprovalof this product is that the electri- THE NC AND NO MWHSNGS ON THE SWITCH ARE FOR POSITIVE OR HOT AC BELL cal entry must be sealed to AN ALARM CONDITION. THE CONTACTS ARE REVERSED NEGATIVE DC _ OR NEUTRAL AC exclude moisture._______________________ WHEN THE DEITcE TN IN THE NORMAL CONDITION. ORE. I76I-2 OR For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connec- tions" drawing and caution note (Fig. 1). APPLICATION WARNING! Due to the possibility of unintended discharges caused by pressure surges, trapped air, or short retard times, waterfiow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems should not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. TESTING The frequency of inspection and testing for the model VSR-F and its associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR-F is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lpm) is required to activate this device. IMPORTANT NOTICE: Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8800001 - REV W PAGE 2 OF 2 MFG. #5400761 - 7/02 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8' (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX- 1 deep weatherproof backbox Notes: I. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250) 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250) 24VDC MBA-10-241 1750090 .06K 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8 (200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10 (250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .1 7A 94 78 6(150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) 120VAC PBA12010 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. I A WARNING I In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-l. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO, • Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-! PAGE 1 OF 2 01/13